Columbia University Press Fall 2018 Catalog

COLUMBIA Fall

2018

CONTENTS Trade and General Interest . . . . . . 1 New in Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Film Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Literary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Religion / Politics . . . . . . . . . . 60 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61

History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Economics / Psychology . . . . . . 77 Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Harrington Park Press . . . . . . .

81

Columbia Books on Architecture and the City . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Tulika Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Peterson Institute for International Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Austrian Film Museum Books . . . 88 University of Tokyo Press . . . . . . 89 Hitchcock Annual . . . . . . . . . . 90 Maria Curie–Skłodowska University Press . . . . . . . . . . 91 Jagiellonian University Press . . . . 92 Agenda Press . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Barbara Budrich Publishers . . . . 103 Chinese University Press . . . . . 106 Auteur Publishing . . . . . . . . . 108 Ibidem Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Transcript Verlag . . . . . . . . . . 122 Award-Winning Titles . . . . . . . 140 Electronic Resources . . . . . . . . 141 The Best of the Backlist . . . . . . 142 The Best of the Business Backlist . . . . . . . . 144 Author / Title Index . . . . . . . . 145 Client Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Subagents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

F O L LOW U S O N Twitter, Facebook, or our blog: twitter.com/ColumbiaUP facebook.com/ColumbiaUniversityPress cupblog.org SIGN UP FOR OUR NEW BOOK ANNOUNCEMENTS

cup.columbia.edu Zachary Friedman Ahlering Design COVER IMAGE: © Sharon Webber-Zvik, The Operator COPY:

PRODUCTION:

Dear Readers,

Where Are the Women? asks Sarah Tyson (p. 68). In this catalogue, we are proud to answer: they are here. At a time when cultural institutions are confronting deep structural inequities, it is Columbia University Press’s honor to display our commitment to publish leading women writers and intellectuals and urgent scholarship that seeks to break down entrenched barriers.

The catalogue leads off with a triptych of extraordinary women at the top of their fields whose work seamlessly combines the personal, political, and philosophical. Joan Wallach Scott (p. 1) gives a timely consideration of academic freedom as ideal and practice. Mary-Jane Rubenstein’s Pantheologies (p. 2) is a creative attempt to make the age-old heresy of pantheism a resource for our present. And in My Brilliant Friends (p. 3), Nancy K. Miller reflects on three close relationships with women in academia to show the importance of female friendship to feminism.

Throughout, this season’s catalogue features a wide range of remarkable new scholarship, including the debuts of three exciting new series. Talal Asad’s Secular Translations (p. 4) inaugurates the Ruth Benedict Book Series, presenting global explorations in critical thought. Bruce Usher’s Renewable Energy (p. 22) is the first of the Columbia University Earth Institute Sustainability Primers, which offer short, solutionsoriented texts for a sustainable future. With Jacques Lacan (p. 5), we embark on our project to publish the complete seminars of Alain Badiou, one of Europe’s foremost intellectuals.

As we continue to celebrate our 125th anniversary, we are reminded that the books in this catalogue, like those in the 125 years preceding them, have been made possible by the community that surrounds the press—the commitment of our university colleagues, the generosity of our donors and partners, and the support of our readers. Thank you for helping Columbia University Press thrive.

Jennifer Crewe Associate Provost and Director

SUPPORT COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS— JOIN THE PUBLISHER’S CIRCLE!

Columbia University Press relies on the generous contributions of Publisher’s Circle members—a group of donors that includes authors, series editors, and friends in the community and beyond who give at least $1,000 annually. At the Patron level ($2,500) or higher, the donor may designate a specific book to support, and the Press recognizes the donor by name on the copyright page.

MEMBERSHIP LEVELS: BENEFACTOR ($25,000) BIBLIOPHILE ($10,000) INVESTOR ($5,000) PATRON ($2,500) SPONSOR ($1,000)

To make a gift online, please visit cup.columbia.edu/development.

Knowledge, Power, and Academic Freedom JOAN WALLACH SCOTT

RE FLEC T IONS ON T H E CH A L L E N G E S O F ACA D EM IC F R EED OM

Academic freedom rests on a shared belief that the production of knowledge advances the common good. In an era of education budget cuts, wealthy donors intervening in university decisions, and right-wing groups threatening dissenters, scholars cannot expect that those in power will value their work. Can academic freedom survive in this environment—and must we rearticulate what academic freedom is for in order to defend it?

This book presents a series of essays by the renowned historian Joan Wallach Scott that explore the history and theory of academic freedom and the value of critical inquiry today. Scott considers the contradictions in the concept of academic freedom through examinations of the relationship between state power and higher education, the differences between the First Amendment right of free speech and the guarantee of academic freedom, and, in response to recent campus controversies, the politics of civility. The book concludes with an interview with Bill Moyers in which Scott discusses the personal experiences that have informed her views. Academic freedom is an aspiration, Scott holds: Its implementation always falls short of its promise, but it is essential as an ideal of ethical practice. Knowledge, Power, and Academic Freedom is both a nuanced reflection on the tensions within one of academia’s cherished concepts and a strong defense of the importance of critical scholarship for the preservation of democracy against the antiintellectualism of figures from Joseph McCarthy to Donald Trump.

JOAN WALLACH SCOTT

“Knowledge, Power, and Academic Freedom is brilliant and written with admirable clarity and style.

This book could not be more timely or important.”

—Michael Bérubé, Pennsylvania State University

is professor emerita in

the School of Social Science at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, New Jersey. Her books include Sex and Secularism (2017) and Gender and the Politics of History (Columbia, thirtieth anniversary edition, 2018).

$28.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-19046-6 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54893-9 J A N U A R Y 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" E D U C AT I O N / P O L I T I C S T H E W E L L E K L I B R A RY L E C T U R E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 1

Pantheologies

Gods, Worlds, Monsters MARY-JANE RUBENSTEIN H OW PA N THEI SM' S SEC RET HI STO RI ES GI VE US VI TA L N E W ALTERN ATI VES

Pantheism is the idea that God and the world are identical—that the creator, sustainer, destroyer, and transformer of all things is the universe itself. Since the excommunication of Baruch Spinoza, Western thought has demonized what it calls pantheism, accusing it of incoherence, absurdity, and—with striking regularity—monstrosity.

“In Pantheologies, Mary-Jane Rubenstein answers the old problem of the One and the Many by offering a resolute triumph of the Many over the One. Give Rubenstein a One—any one—and she will make a many out of it. Multiplicity, thy name is woman. Rubenstein will save us every time from the totalitarian tendencies of certain regions of process philosophy, from the teutonic idealisms of post-Hegelian theologies, even from the totalizing forms of monistic pantheisms.”

In this book, Mary-Jane Rubenstein seeks to diagnose this perennial repugnance through a conceptual genealogy of pantheisms. What makes pantheism “monstrous”—at once repellent and seductive—is that it scrambles the raced and gendered distinctions that Western philosophy and theology insist on drawing between activity and passivity, spirit and matter, animacy and inanimacy, and creator and created. By rejecting the fundamental difference between God and world, pantheism threatens all the other oppositions that stem from it: light versus darkness, male versus female, and humans versus every other organism. If the panic over pantheism has to do with a fear of crossed boundaries and demolished hierarchies, then the question becomes what a present-day pantheism might disrupt and what it might reconfigure. Cobbling together heterogeneous sources into a monstrous mixture of unintentional God-worlds, Pantheologies seeks to give an old heresy the chance to renew our thinking.

—Nancy Frankenberry,

MARY-JANE RUBENSTEIN

John Phillips Professor in Religion, Emeritus, Dartmouth University

and science in society at Wesleyan University. She ©HEIDI GREEN PHOTOGRAPHY

$35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18946-0 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54834-2 N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" R E L I G I O N / P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

2 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

is professor of

religion; feminist, gender, and sexuality studies; is the author of Strange Wonder: The Closure of Metaphysics and the Opening of Awe (Columbia, 2009) and Worlds Without End: The Many Lives of the Multiverse (Columbia, 2014).

My Brilliant Friends

Our Lives in Feminism NANCY K. MILLER

A PER S ONAL TAK E O N FE M I N I S M A N D FE M AL E F R IENDS H IP S

My Brilliant Friends is an innovative group biography of three friendships forged in secondwave feminism. Poignant and politically charged, the book is a captivating personal account of the complexities of women’s bonds.

Nancy K. Miller describes her friendships with three well-known scholars and literary critics: Carolyn Heilbrun, Diane Middlebrook, and Naomi Schor.

Their relationships were simultaneously intimate and professional, emotional and intellectual, animated by the political ferment of the women’s movement.

Friendships like these sustained the generation of women whose entrance into male-dominated professions is still reshaping American society. The stories of their intertwined lives and books reveal how feminism illuminated the political importance of personal experience. Reflecting on aging and loss, ambition and rivalry, competition and collaboration, the three narratives combine to show us why and how friendship matters in the worlds of both work and love. Inspired in part by the portraits of two women’s passionately enmeshed lives in Elena Ferrante’s acclaimed Neapolitan novels, My Brilliant Friends presents a revisionary perspective on the history and future of friendships between women.

NANCY K. MILLER

“A new book by Nancy K. Miller is always a treat. This compulsively readable triptych of her friendships with Carolyn Heilbrun, Diane Middlebrook, and Naomi Schor will touch, delight, and enlighten anyone who has grown up under the influence of feminism.”

—Susan Gubar, author of The Madwoman in the Attic: The Woman Writer and the Nineteenth-Century Literary Imagination

is Distinguished Professor

of English and Comparative Literature at the ©JOJO KARLIN

Graduate Center, City University of New York. Her many books include Getting Personal: Feminist Occasions and Other Autobiographical Acts (1991); But Enough About Me: Why We Read Other People’s Lives (Columbia, 2002); and Breathless: An American Girl in Paris (2013). She is coeditor with Victoria Rosner of the Gender and Culture series at Columbia University Press.

$28.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-19054-1 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54894-6 J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" LITERARY STUDIES / GENDER STUDIES G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 3

Secular Translations

Nation-State, Modern Self, and Calculative Reason TALAL ASAD CO N SI DERI N G THE PA RA DOX ES O F S E CU LA R REASO N I N G

In Secular Translations, the anthropologist Talal Asad reflects on his lifelong engagement with secularism and its contradictions. In a consideration of translatability and untranslatability, he explores the ways ideas are translated between histories and cultures and the ways religious ideas are translated into nonreligious ones. Translation opens the door for—or requires—the utter transformation of the translated.

Named after one of the founders of both American anthropology and the Columbia Department of Anthropology, the Ruth Benedict Book Series is inspired by Benedict’s passionate engagement with critical political, aesthetic, and theoretical problems of the twentieth century but situates them in the global conditions of the twenty-first. The scope of the series is capaciously theoretical and determinedly international, with special emphasis on settlercolonial, postcolonial, and capital regimes.

In search of meeting points between the language of Islam and the language of secular reason, Asad gives particular importance to the varieties of transformations of religious language into the idioms of secularism. He discusses the claim that liberal conceptions of equality represent earlier Christian ideas translated into secularism; explores the ways that the language and practice of religious ritual play an important but radically transformed role as they are translated into modern life; and considers the history of the idea of the self and its centrality to the project of the secular state. Secularism is not only an abstract principle that modern liberal democratic states espouse, he argues; it is also a range of sensibilities expressed in concepts such as “modernity,” “religion,” and “secularism.” The shifting vocabularies associated with each of these sensibilities are fundamentally intertwined with different ways of life. Drawing on a diverse set of thinkers ranging from al-Ghazālī to Walter Benjamin, Secular Translations rigorously seeks a language for our time beyond the language of the state.

TALAL ASAD

$25.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-18987-3 $75.00 / £58.00 cloth 978-0-231-18986-6 $24.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54859-5 D E C E M B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y / A N T H R O P O LO G Y RUTH BENEDICT BOOK SERIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

4 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

is Emeritus Distinguished Professor of Anthropology at

the Graduate Center of the City University of New York. His many books include Formations of the Secular (2003) and On Suicide Bombing (Columbia, 2007).

Jacques Lacan ALAIN BADIOU

Translated by Kenneth Reinhard and Susan Spitzer Introduction by Kenneth Reinhard A PH ILOS OP H ICAL RE A D I N G O F T H E CON T R OV ER S IAL P SYC H OA N A LYST

Alain Badiou is arguably the most significant philosopher in Europe today. Badiou’s seminars, given annually on major conceptual and historical topics, constitute an enormously important part of his work. They served as laboratories for his thought and public illuminations of his complex ideas yet remain little known. This book, the transcript of Badiou’s year-long seminar on the psychoanalytic theory of Jacques Lacan, is the first volume of his seminars to be published in English, opening up a new and vital aspect of his thinking.

In a highly original and compelling account of Lacan’s theory and therapeutic practice, Badiou considers the challenge that Lacan poses to fundamental philosophical topics such as being, the subject, and truth. Badiou argues that Lacan is a singular figure of the “anti-philosopher,” a series of thinkers stretching back to Saint Paul and including Kierkegaard and Nietzsche, with Lacan as the last great anti-philosopher of modernity. The book offers a forceful reading of an enigmatic yet foundational thinker and sheds light on the crucial role that Lacan plays in Badiou’s own thought. This seminar, more accessible than some of Badiou’s more difficult works, will be profoundly valuable for the many readers across academic disciplines, art and literature, and political activism who find his thought essential.

ALAIN BADIOU

“In today’s theoretical humanities, Jacques Lacan and Alain Badiou are by far two of the most important and frequently referenced figures.

Along with Slavoj Žižek, Badiou is rightly seen as profoundly shaping contemporary philosophy/theory along lines flowing directly out of Lacan’s teachings. Hence, these seminars are crucial for an adequate appreciation of Badiou’s vision of philosophy tout court.”

—Adrian Johnston, author of A New German Idealism

is emeritus professor of philosophy at the École

normale supérieure in Paris. His Columbia University Press books include Plato’s Republic: A Dialogue in Sixteen Chapters (2015) and There’s No Such Thing as a Sexual Relationship: Two Lessons on Lacan (with Barbara Cassin, 2017).

KENNETH REINHARD

is professor of comparative literature and

English at the University of California, Los Angeles.

$30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17148-9 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54841-0 O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

SUSAN SPITZER

is a frequent translator of Badiou’s works.

P H I LO S O P H Y THE SEMINARS OF ALAIN BADIOU

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Librairie Arthème Fayard C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 5

Energy Kingdoms

Oil and Political Survival in the Persian Gulf

JIM KRANE W H Y SHA RI N G O I L WEA LTH WI TH C I TI Z EN S HAS BE COME A N EX I STEN TI A L DI LEMMA

After the discovery of oil in the 1930s, the Gulf monarchies—Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Bahrain—went from being among the world’s poorest and most isolated places to some of its most ostentatiously wealthy. To maintain support, the ruling sheikhs provide their subjects with boundless cheap energy, unwittingly leading to some of the highest consumption rates on earth. Today, as summertime temperatures set new records, the Gulf ’s rulers find themselves caught in a dilemma: can they curb their profligacy without jeopardizing the survival of some of the world’s last remaining absolute monarchies?

“Jim Krane is a marvelous storyteller, and his book provides one of the

In Energy Kingdoms, Jim Krane takes readers inside the monarchies to consider the conundrum facing the Gulf states. He traces the history of their energy use and policies, looking in particular at how energy subsidies have distorted demand. Oil exports are the lifeblood of their political-economic systems—and the basis of their strategic importance—but domestic consumption has begun eating into exports while climate change threatens to render the region uninhabitable. At risk are the sheikhdoms’ way of life, their relations with their Western protectors, and their political stability in a chaotic region.

Backed by rich fieldwork and deep knowledge of the region, Krane expertly lays out the hard choices that Gulf leaders face to keep their states viable.

best views of the world of oil as lived by everyday Arab Persian Gulf citizens, not just policy wonks. The book is a must for all who have an interest in the impact energy has on the societies of the Gulf—and by extension, on ours.”

—Jean-François Seznec, senior fellow at the Global Energy Center, the Atlantic Council

“Deftly combining journalistic flair with scholarly rigor, Energy Kingdoms is essential reading for anyone interested in the political and

—Gerd Nonneman, Georgetown University—Qatar $32.00* / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-17930-0 $31.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54892-2 J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 figures ECONOMICS C E N T E R O N G LO B A L E N E R GY P O L I C Y S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

6 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

© BAKER INSTITUTE/ E M I LY V I N S O N

economic future of the Gulf states.”

JIM KRANE

is the Wallace S. Wilson Fellow for

Energy Studies at Rice University’s Baker Institute for Public Policy. He holds a Ph.D. from Cambridge University and is the author of City of Gold: Dubai and the Dream of Capitalism (2009). A former journalist, he was a longtime correspondent for the Associated Press.

The Putin System An Opposing View

GRIGORY YAVLINSKY AN O P P OS IT ION L EA D E R ’ S CR I T I Q U E O F AU TH OR ITAR IAN R USS I A

A quarter century after the fall of the Soviet Union, Russia once again looms large over world affairs, from Ukraine to Syria to the 2016 U.S. election.

Yet how power works in present-day Russia—how Vladimir Putin came to power and maintains his rule—remains opaque and often misunderstood.

In The Putin System, Grigory Yavlinsky, a Russian economist and opposition leader, explains his country’s politics from a unique perspective, voicing a Russian liberal critique of the post-Soviet system that is vital for the West to hear.

Combining the firsthand experience of a practicing politician with academic expertise, Yavlinsky gives unparalleled insights into the sources of Putin’s power and what might be next. He argues that Russia’s dysfunction is neither the outcome of one man’s iron-fisted rule nor a deviation from the supposedly natural development of Western-style institutions. Instead, Russia’s peripheral position in the global economy has fundamentally shaped the regime’s domestic and foreign policy. The quasidemocratic reforms of the 1990s, the bureaucracy’s grip on power, and the Russian elite’s frustration with its secondary status have all combined to enable authoritarian rule and corruption. Ultimately, Putin is as much a product of the system as its creator. In a time of sensationalism and fear, The Putin System is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand how power is wielded in Russia.

© K A R I N A G R A D U S O VA , YA B L O K O - P R E S S

GRIGORY YAVLINSKY

“A much-needed insider view from an important political figure and reform economist.”

—Jack Matlock Jr., former U.S. ambassador

is a Russian economist

and politician. A proponent of market-oriented reforms under Gorbachev, Yavlinsky has been a key figure of the opposition in post-Soviet Russia with the liberal party Yabloko, for which he was the 2018 presidential candidate. His books include Realeconomik: The Hidden Cause of the Great

$28.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-19030-5 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54882-3

Recession (and How to Avert the Next One) (2011).

J A N U A R Y 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

He teaches at the National Research University

POLITICS

Higher School of Economics in Moscow.

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7

A German Officer in Occupied Paris

The War Journals, 1941-1945 ERNST JÜNGER Foreword by Elliot Neaman

Translated by Thomas Hansen and Abby Hansen T H E WA RTI ME J O URN A LS O F A CO N TRA DI C TO RY G E R MA N WRI TER

“Jünger’s account is indispensable as a firsthand reflection on Paris under the German occupation and provides sharply observed portraits of Jünger’s contemporaries as they struggled with the apocalyptic destruction of Europe at the end of a second Thirty Years’ War.” —From the foreword by Elliot Neaman

Ernst Jünger was one of twentieth-century Germany’s most important—and most controversial —writers. Decorated for bravery in World War I, he authored an acclaimed memoir from the western front, Storm of Steel. As a Wehrmacht captain during the Second World War, Jünger faithfully kept a journal in occupied Paris and on the eastern front—writings that are of major historical and literary significance.

Jünger’s Paris journals document his Francophile excitement and romantic affairs, alongside mystical ruminations and trenchant observations on the occupation and the politics of collaboration.

Working as a mail censor, he led the privileged life of an officer, encountering artists such as Céline, Cocteau, Braque, and Picasso. His notes from the Caucasus depict chaos and misery after the defeat at Stalingrad, as well as candid comments about the atrocities on the eastern front. Returning to Paris, Jünger was peripherally involved in the 1944 conspiracy to assassinate Hitler. Both participant and commentator, Jünger turned his life and experiences into a work of art. These journals appear here in English for the first time, giving fresh insight into the quandaries of the twentieth century from the keen pen of a paradoxical observer.

ERNST JÜNGER

(1895–1998) was a major figure in twentieth-century

German literature and intellectual life. He was a young leader of rightwing nationalism in the Weimar Republic but although the Nazis tried to court him, Jünger kept his distance. Among his works is On the Marble $40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-12740-0 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54838-0

Cliffs, a rare anti-Nazi novel written under the Third Reich.

ELLIOT NEAMAN

is professor of history at the University of San

D E C E M B E R 496 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

Francisco and the author of A Dubious Past: Ernst Jünger and the

L I T E R AT U R E / H I S TO R Y

Politics of Literature after Nazism (1999). THOMAS HANSEN is a

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Klett-Cotta

8 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

translator and professor emeritus of German at Wellesley College.

ABBY HANSEN

is a translator from German.

Jacques Schiffrin

A Publisher in Exile, from Pléaide to Pantheon AMOS REICHMAN Foreword by Robert O. Paxton Translated by Sandra Smith A LI T ER ARY J OUR NE Y T H AT R E CO U N TS A PU BL I S H I N G LE GEND 'S R EM AR KA BL E STO RY

Jacques Schiffrin changed the face of publishing in the twentieth century. As the founder of Pléaide Editions in Paris and cofounder of Pantheon Books in New York, he helped define a lasting canon of Western literature while promoting new authors.

In this first biography of Schiffrin, Amos Reichman tells the story of a remarkable publisher and his travails across two continents.

Just as he influenced the literary trajectory of the twentieth century, Schiffrin’s life was affected by its tumultuous events. Born in Baku in 1892, he fled after the Bolsheviks came to power, eventually settling in Paris, where he founded Pléaide. After Vichy France passed anti-Jewish laws, Schiffrin fled to New York, establishing Pantheon with Kurt Wolff, a German exile. Following Schiffrin’s death in 1950, his son André continued in his father’s footsteps, preserving a remarkable legacy. Reichman draws on Schiffrin’s letters to describe his complex friendships with prominent figures, including André Gide, Jean-Paul Sartre, and Peggy Guggenheim. His intimate portrait not only recounts Schiffrin’s many achievements but also poignantly describes a life lived in exile.

© SAMUEL BOUJNAH

AMOS REICHMAN

“Jacques Schiffrin’s legacy as a publisher was immense. He led an exemplary twentieth-century life, with its share of brilliant achievement and personal pain.”

—From the foreword by Robert O. Paxton

“Reichman brings a fresh perspective on a major yet little-known publisher.”

—Lise Jaillant, Loughborough University

studied humanities at the

École normale supérieure de Lyon and Columbia University. His articles have appeared in Le Monde and Les temps modernes, among others.

ROBERT O. PAXTON

is Mellon Professor Emeritus

of Social Science at Columbia University. His books include Vichy France: Old Guard and New Order (Columbia, revised edition, 2001).

SANDRA SMITH

is the translator of Némirovsky’s

$30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18958-3 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54840-3

Suite française and Camus’s The Stranger, among

F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

others.

BIOGRAPHY / LITERARY STUDIES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author and Translator C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9

Buying Gay

How Physique Entrepreneurs Sparked a Movement DAVID K. JOHNSON T H E R O LE O F GAY B USI N ESSES I N THE G AY RI GHTS MOVEMEN T

In 1951, a new type of publication appeared on newsstands—the physique magazine produced by and for gay men. For many men growing up in the 1950s and 1960s, these magazines and their images and illustrations of nearly naked men, as well as articles, letters from readers, and advertisements, served as an initiation into gay culture. The publishers behind them were part of a wider world of “physique entrepreneurs”: men as well as women who ran photography studios, mail-order catalogues, pen-pal services, book clubs, and niche advertising for gay audiences. While such businesses have often been seen as peripheral to the gay political movement, in Buying Gay David K. Johnson shows how gay commerce was not a byproduct of the gay rights movement but an important catalyst for it.

“Offering a deeply researched, panoramic view of a world that has yet to receive a serious scholarly treatment, Johnson persuasively shows that gay consumer culture developed earlier than we imagined.

Offering a vivid look into the lives of physique entrepreneurs and their customers, and presenting a wealth of illustrations, Johnson explores the connection—and tension—between the market and the movement. This network of producers and consumers helped foster a gay community and upend censorship laws, paving the way for open expression. Physique entrepreneurs were at the center of legal struggles, especially against the U.S. Post Office, including the court victory that allowed full frontal male nudity and open homoeroticism.

Buying Gay reconceives the history of the gay movement and shows how consumer culture helped create community and a site for resistance.

A landmark intervention in LGBTQ history.”

—Timothy Stewart-Winter, Rutgers University

“Buying Gay is an exciting, innovative, original, and groundbreaking new study of gay consumer culture in the 1950s and 1960s.”

—Marc Stein, San Francisco State University

DAVID K. JOHNSON

$32.00* / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-18910-1 $31.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54817-5 H I S TO R Y / LG B TQ I A S T U D I E S CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T H E H I S TO RY O F U . S . C A P I TA L I S M

All Rights Except Performance Rights: Columbia University Press; Performance Rights: The Author

10 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

the author of The Lavender Scare: The Cold War © JOEL ELLIOT

F E B R U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 56 figures

is associate professor of

history at the University of South Florida. He is Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government (2004), which was made into an award-winning documentary.

A Haven and a Hell

The Ghetto in Black America LANCE FREEMAN HOW T H E GH ET TO SH A PE D BL ACK A M E R I CA A N D BL AC K AM ER ICA S H A PE D T H E G H ET TO

The black ghetto is thought of as a place of urban decay and social disarray. Like the historical ghetto of Venice, it is perceived as a space of confinement, one imposed on black America by whites. It is the home of a marginalized underclass and a sign of the depth of American segregation. Yet while black urban neighborhoods have suffered from institutional racism and economic neglect, they have also been places of refuge and community.

In A Haven and a Hell, Lance Freeman traces the evolving role of predominantly black neighborhoods in northern cities from the late nineteenth century through the present day. At times, the ghetto promised the freedom to build black social institutions and political power. At others, it suppressed and further stigmatized African Americans.

Freeman reveals the forces that caused the ghetto’s role as haven or hell to wax and wane, spanning the Great Migration, mid-century opportunities, the eruptions of the sixties, the challenges of the seventies and eighties, and present-day issues of mass incarceration, the subprime crisis, and gentrification. Offering timely planning and policy recommendations based in this history, A Haven and a Hell provides a powerful new understanding of urban black communities at a time when the future of many inner-city neighborhoods appears uncertain.

LANCE FREEMAN

“Through rigorous socio-historical analysis, Lance Freeman provides insight into how black ghettos developed and then changed over time, giving readers a good sense of the complicated trajectory of ‘the ghetto’ in America. A Haven and a Hell is a highly accessible and necessary book for a broader and richer understanding of urban black America.”

—Marcus Anthony Hunter, coauthor of Chocolate Cities: The Black Map of American Life

is a professor in the Urban

Planning Program in the Graduate School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation at Columbia University. He is the author of There Goes the Hood: Views of Gentrification from the Ground Up (2005).

$32.00* / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-18460-1 $31.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54557-0 J A N U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 25 b&w illustrations URBAN STUDIES / AFRICAN AMERICAN S T U D I E S / S O C I O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 11

Heading Home

Motherhood, Work, and the Failed Promise of Equality SHANI ORGAD R E V E ALI N G THE STA RK GA P B ETWEEN THE P RO MI SE O F G E N DER EQ UA LI TY A N D CO N TI N UED I N J USTI C E

Women in today’s societies are encouraged to “lean in.” The media and government champion women’s empowerment. In a cultural climate where women can seemingly have it all, why do so many successful professional women—lawyers, financial managers, teachers, engineers, and others—give up their careers after having children and become stay-at-home mothers? How do they feel about their decision and what do their stories tell us about contemporary society?

To answer these questions, Shani Orgad draws on in-depth, personal, and profoundly ambivalent interviews with highly educated London women who left paid employment to take care of their children. Despite identifying the structural forces that produce and maintain gender inequality, they still struggle to articulate their decisions outside the cultural ideals that devalue motherhood and individualize success and failure. Orgad juxtaposes these stories with media and policy depictions of women, work, and family, detailing how—even as their experiences fly in the face of fantasies of work-life balance and marriage as an egalitarian partnership—these women continue to interpret and judge themselves according to the ideals that are failing them. Rather than calling for women to transform their feelings and behavior, Heading Home argues that we must unmute and amplify women’s desire, disappointment, and rage while demanding long-overdue equality both at work and at home.

“Heading Home is a wonderfully researched and written book.

Orgad’s interviews highlight meaningful themes, including, for example, the fact that oppression can be experienced alongside privilege; that structural inequality issues are masking what are perceived as personal choices; and how the public discourses and media representations of ‘choice’ are perpetuated into the self-identity of women who, in practicality, did not have much of a choice.”

$30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18472-4 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54563-1 J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9" C U R R E N T A F FA I R S / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

12 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

© F R A N Ç O I S D U C H AT E N E T

—Dafna Lemish, Rutgers University

SHANI ORGAD

is associate professor in the

Department of Media and Communications at the London School of Economics and Political Science.

Her books include Media Representation and the Global Imagination (2012).

Retirement and Its Discontents

Why We Won’t Stop Working, Even if We Can MICHELLE PANNOR SILVER THE M ENTAL AND EMOT I O N A L ST R U G G L E W I T H L I FE ’S G RE AT EST T R ANS IT I O N

In the popular imagination, retirement promises a well-deserved rest—idle days spent traveling, volunteering, pursuing hobbies, or just puttering around the house. But as the nature of work has changed, becoming not just a means of income but a major source of personal identity, many accomplished professionals struggle with retirement.

What are we to do—individually and as a culture— when work and life experience make conventional retirement a burden rather than a reprieve?

In Retirement and Its Discontents, Michelle Pannor Silver considers how we confront the mismatch between idealized and actual retirement. She follows doctors, CEOs, elite athletes, professors, and homemakers during their transition to retirement as they struggle to recalibrate their sense of purpose and self-worth. The work ethic and passion that helped these retirees succeed can make giving in to retirement more difficult, as they confront newfound leisure time with uncertainty and guilt.

Drawing on in-depth interviews, Silver emphasizes the significance of creating new retirement strategies that support social connectedness and personal fulfillment while impugning age-based stereotypes about productivity and employment. A richly detailed and deeply personal exploration of the challenges faced by accomplished retirees, Retirement and Its Discontents demonstrates the importance of personal identity in forging sustainable social norms around retirement and helps us to rethink some of the new challenges for aging societies.

MICHELLE PANNOR SILVER

“A convincing analysis of the disquiet among a small group of elders who—despite having money—want to work. Warning! A furtive tear may betray empathy for their deep feelings of abandonment, depression, being a renegade. Silver digs deep for courageous insight on transitions from careers to retirement.”

—Teresa Ghilarducci, author of Rescuing Retirement: A Plan to Guarantee Retirement Security for All Americans

is an assistant professor in the

Department of Sociology and the Interdisciplinary Centre for Health and Society at the University of Toronto. $30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18856-2 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54792-5 A U G U S T 288 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" S O C I O LO G Y / G E R O N TO LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 13

The Best American Magazine Writing 2018

EDITED BY SID HOLT FOR THE AMERICAN

SOCIETY OF MAGAZINE EDITORS

SELECTIONS FROM:

Atlantic Epic Magazine GQ Longreads National Geographic New York New York Times Magazine New Yorker ProPublica Smithsonian Wired

$19.95t / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-18999-6 $18.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-54865-6 D E C E M B E R 544 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" JOURNALISM

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: McCormick Literary

14 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

In a time of reckoning with wrongdoing in high places, this year’s National Magazine Awards finalists and winners focus on abuse of power in all its forms. Ronan Farrow’s Pulitzer Prize–winning revelation of Harvey Weinstein’s depredations (New Yorker), along with Rebecca Traister’s charged commentary for New York and Laurie Penny’s incisive Longreads columns, speak to the urgency of the #MeToo moment. Ginger Thompson’s reporting on the botched operation that triggered a cartel massacre in Mexico (National Geographic/ ProPublica) and Azmat Khan and Anand Gopal’s New York Times Magazine investigation of civilian casualties of drone strikes in Iraq amplify the voices of those harmed by U.S. actions abroad. Alex Tizon’s “My Family’s Slave” (Atlantic) is a powerful attempt to come to terms with the destruction in plain sight in his own upbringing.

Responding to the overt racism of the Trump era, Rachel Kaadzi Ghansah analyzes Dylann Roof, the South Carolina shooter, and white supremacist terrorism in a Pulitzer-winning profile (GQ), and Ta-Nehisi Coates’s “My President Was Black” (Atlantic) looks back at the meaning of Obama. Don Van Natta Jr. and Seth Wickersham’s ESPN reporting exposes the seamy sides of the NFL. In addition, David Wallace-Wells offers a portrait of our climatechange-ravaged future (New York); Nina Martin investigates America’s shameful record on maternal mortality (NPR/ProPublica); Ian Frazier asks “What Ever Happened to the Russian Revolution?”

(Smithsonian); and Alex Mar considers “Love in the Time of Robots” (Wired with Epic Magazine). The collection concludes with Kristen Roupenian’s viral short story “Cat Person” (New Yorker).

SID HOLT

is chief executive of the American Society of Magazine

Editors and a former editor at Rolling Stone and Adweek magazines.

The Politics of Losing

Trump, the Klan, and the Mainstreaming of Resentment RORY MCVEIGH AND KEVIN ESTEP WHY AND H OW WH IT E N AT I O N A L I S M E N T E R S U.S . P OL IT IC S

The Ku Klux Klan has peaked three times: after the Civil War, around the Civil Rights Movement, and in the 1920s, when the Klan spread farthest and fastest, recruiting millions of members even in non-Southern states. Almost one hundred years later, once again the pent-up anger of white Americans has targeted immigrants and outsiders and roiled a presidential election.

© UNIVERSITY OF NOTRE DA M E M A R K E T I N G C O M M U N I C AT I O N S

In The Politics of Losing, Rory McVeigh and Kevin Estep trace the parallels between the 1920s Klan and today’s right-wing backlash, identifying the conditions that allow white nationalism to emerge from the shadows. Mirroring the Klan’s tactics, Donald Trump delivered a message that mingled economic populism with deep cultural resentments.

McVeigh and Estep present a sociological analysis of the Klan’s outbreaks that goes beyond Trump to show how his rise to power was made possible by a convergence of circumstances: declining privilege and perceptions of lost status and economic power that foment political backlash. The Politics of Losing offers a rigorous and readable explanation for a recurrent phenomenon in American history, with important lessons about the origins of our alarming political climate.

RORY MCVEIGH

is the Nancy Reeves Dreux

Professor in Sociology at the University of Notre Dame and director of the Center for the Study of

“McVeigh and Estep’s book makes an important contribution to our understanding of white nationalism, its endurance in American politics, and the conditions that brought it back into the mainstream with the election of Donald Trump. Using the 1920s Klan as a reference point, the authors show how declines in the standing of whites (political, economic, and status-based) have often produced sizable populations open to racist appeals, spawning political movements and fracturing enduring electoral coalitions.”

—Marc Dixon, Dartmouth University

Social Movements. He is the author of The Rise of the Ku Klux Klan: Right-Wing Movements and National Politics (2009).

KEVIN ESTEP

is an assistant professor in the

Department of Cultural and Social Studies at Creighton University. His research focuses on the consequences of residential sorting on politics and public health.

$32.00* / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-19006-0 $31.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54870-0 J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 34 illustrations P O L I T I C S / S O C I O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 15

RUSSIAN LIBRARY

A Double Life

KAROLINA PAVLOVA

Translated by Barbara Heldt A CL ASSI C O F RUSSI A N WO MEN ' S WRI TI N G THAT CO M BI N ES P O ETRY A N D P ROSE

An unsung classic of nineteenth-century Russian literature, Karolina Pavlova’s A Double Life alternates prose and poetry to offer a wry picture of Russian aristocratic society and vivid dreams of escaping its strictures. Pavlova combines rich narrative prose that details balls, tea parties, and horseback rides with poetic interludes that depict her protagonist’s inner world—and biting irony that pervades a seemingly romantic description of a young woman who has everything.

“Pavlova’s A Double Life is a landmark of nineteenth-century Russian literature. With its multilayered account of a young society woman’s mysterious transformation into a poet, the novella explores a host of social, spiritual, and aesthetic questions while brilliantly reinventing the myth of Cupid and Psyche. Indispensable.”

—Thomas Hodge, Wellesley College

A Double Life tells the story of Cecily, who is being trapped into marriage by her well-meaning mother; her best friend, Olga; and Olga’s mother, who means to clear the way for a wealthier suitor for her own daughter by marrying off Cecily first. Cecily’s privileged upbringing makes her oblivious to the havoc that is being wreaked around her. Only in the seclusion of her bedroom is her imagination freed: each day of deception is followed by a night of dreams described in soaring verse. Pavlova subtly speaks against the limitations placed on women and especially women writers, which translator Barbara Heldt highlights in a critical introduction. Among the greatest works of literature by a Russian woman writer, A Double Life is worthy of a central place in the Russian canon.

KAROLINA PAVLOVA,

born Karolina Jaenisch in 1807, was a Russian

poet and translator and presided over a famous Moscow literary salon.

She died in Dresden in 1893, having abandoned Russia not because of tsarist oppression but because of hostile criticism of her poetry and her personal life. A Double Life is her major work.

BARBARA HELDT

is professor emerita of Russian at the University of

British Columbia. Her books include Koz’ma Prutkov: The Art of Parody $14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-19079-4 $30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-19078-7 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54911-0 F E B R U A R Y 160 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press

16 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

(1973) and Terrible Perfection: Women and Russian Literature (1987).

RUSSIAN LIBRARY

The Man Who Couldn’t Die The Tale of an Authentic Human Being OLGA SLAVNIKOVA Translated by Marian Schwartz TRY I NG TO K EEP A FA M I LY TO G ET H E R BY I M AG I N I N G THAT T H E S OV IET UN I O N D I D N ’ T FA L L A PA RT

In the chaos of early-1990s Russia, a paralyzed veteran’s wife and stepdaughter conceal the Soviet Union’s collapse from him in order to keep him— and his pension—alive, until it turns out the tough old man has other plans. An instant classic of postSoviet Russian literature, Olga Slavnikova’s The Man Who Couldn’t Die tells the story of how two women try to prolong a life—and the means and meaning of their own lives—by creating a world that doesn’t change, a Soviet Union that never crumbled.

After her stepfather’s stroke, Marina hangs Brezhnev’s portrait on the wall, edits the Pravda articles read to him, and uses her media connections to cobble together entire newscasts of events that never happened. Meanwhile, her mother, Nina Alexandrovna, can barely navigate the bewildering new world outside, especially in comparison to the blunt reality of her uncommunicative husband. As Marina is caught up in a local election campaign that gets out of hand, Nina discovers that her husband is conspiring as well—to kill himself and put an end to the charade. Masterfully translated

by Marian Schwartz, The Man Who Couldn’t Die is a darkly playful vision of the lost Soviet past and the madness of the post-Soviet world that uses Russia’s modern history as a backdrop for an inquiry into larger metaphysical questions.

OLGA SLAVNIKOVA

“The Man Who Couldn’t Die is an overlooked masterpiece of postSoviet prose by one of contemporary Russia’s most important authors. It reveals how Slavnikova’s descriptions (and Schwartz’s English equivalent) belong alongside those of Vladimir Nabokov, Iurii Olesha, and Nikolai Gogol as truly revolutionary in Russian prose.”

—Benjamin Sutcliffe, Miami University

was born in 1957 in

Sverdlovsk (now Ekaterinburg). She is the author of several award-winning novels, including A Dragonfly Enlarged to the Size of a Dog and 2017, which won the 2006 Russian Booker prize and was translated into English by Marian Schwartz (2010).

MARIAN SCHWARTZ

translates Russian contem-

porary and classic fiction, including Tolstoy’s Anna Karenina, and is the principal translator of Nina Berberova.

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-18595-0 $30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18594-3 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54641-6 J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Wiedling Literary Agency C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 17

RUSSIAN LIBRARY

Necropolis

VLADISLAV KHODASEVICH

Translated by Sarah Vitali A G R E AT TWEN TI ETH- C EN TURY RUSSI A N P O ET R E CA LLS WRI TERS A N D A RTI STS I N EX I LE

Necropolis is an unconventional literary memoir from Vladislav Khodasevich, hailed by Vladimir Nabokov as “the greatest Russian poet of our time.” In each of the book’s nine chapters, Khodasevich memorializes a significant figure of Russia’s literary Silver Age, and in the process writes an insightful obituary of the era.

“An incisive set of memoirs of leading lights of Russian symbolism and its aftermath (1890s–1920s).

Khodasevich’s intimate accounts of several writers (Briusov, Bely, Blok, Esenin, Gorky, and lesser figures) are framed within the notion of ‘life-creation,’ which he deems crucial to a conceptualization of the modernist period. A stylish, inventive translation of a key text.”

—Robert P. Hughes, University of California, Berkeley

Written at various times throughout the 1920s and 1930s following the deaths of its subjects, Necropolis is a literary graveyard in which an entire movement, Russian symbolism, is buried. Recalling Fyodor Sologub, Sergey Esenin, and others, Khodasevich tells the story of how their lives and artworks intertwined, including a notoriously tempestuous love triangle among Nina Petrovskaia, Valery Briusov, and Andrey Bely. He testifies to the seductive and often devastating power of the symbolist attempt to turn one’s life into a work of art and, ultimately, how one man was left to deal with the task of memorializing his fellow artists after their deaths. Khodasevich’s portraits deal with revolution, disillusionment, emigration, suicide, the vocation of the poet, and the place of the artist in society.

One of the greatest memoirs in Russian literature, Necropolis is a compelling work from an overlooked writer whose gifts for observation and irony show the early-twentieth-century Russian literary scene in a new and more intimate light.

VLADISLAV KHODASEVICH

(1886–1939) was a major figure in

twentieth-century Russian poetry as well as an accomplished critic and translator. Born into a Polish Catholic noble family in Moscow, he was forced to spend his later life in exile.

SARAH VITALI

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-18705-3 $30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18704-6 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54696-6 F E B R U A R Y 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" R U S S I A N L I T E R AT U R E R U S S I A N L I B R A RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press

18 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

is a translator and Ph.D. candidate in Slavic languages

and literatures at Harvard University.

Sacred Cesium Ground and Isa’s Deluge

The Handsome Monk and Other Stories

KIMURA YŪSUKE

Translated by Christopher Peacock

Two Novellas of Japan’s 3/11 Disaster Translated by Doug Slaymaker A W R IT ER ’S P ER S P EC T I V E O N T H E D I SAST E R ’ S CON S EQUENC ES FOR JA PA N

“Slaymaker’s translation brings this important novel into dialogue with nuclear fiction worldwide.”

—Rachel DiNitto, University of Oregon

TSERING DÖNDRUP

DA RKLY CO MEDI C SHO RT STO RI ES FRO M ON E O F TI B ET’ S MOST ACC LA I MED CO N TEMP O RA RY WRI TERS

“This volume makes accessible some of the new and exciting work in Tibetan literature from inside China.”

—Janet Gyatso, Harvard University

many of which are set in this region. These are the first of his

Tsering Döndrup is one of the most popular and critically acclaimed authors writing in Tibetan today. In a distinct voice rich in black humor and irony, he describes the lives of Tibetans in contemporary China with wit, empathy, and a passionate sense of justice.

This book brings together short stories from across Tsering Döndrup’s career to create a panorama of Tibetan society.

works to be translated into English.

TSERING DÖNDRUP

In these two novellas, Kimura Yūsuke explores human and animal life in northern Japan after the natural and nuclear disasters of March 11, 2011. His stories incorporate far-flung voices and experiences to testify to life in the aftermath of calamity.

KIMURA YŪSUKE

was born in 1970 in Hachinohe, Aomori

Prefecture. He is the author of several acclaimed works,

DOUG SLAYMAKER

is a professor of Japanese at the

University of Kentucky. He is the translator, with Akiko Takenaka, of Hideo Furukawa’s Horses, Horses, in the End the Light Remains Pure (Columbia, 2016).

was born in 1961 in Qinghai, China.

He began writing in the early 1980s and has published numerous collections of short fiction and four full-length novels. His work has been translated into several languages, and he is the recipient of a number of Tibetan, Mongolian, and national literary prizes in China.

CHRISTOPHER PEACOCK

is a Ph.D. candidate at Columbia

University. $20.00* / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-18943-9 $60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18942-2 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-54832-8

$20.00* / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-19023-7 $60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-19022-0 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-54878-6

J A N U A R Y 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

J A N U A R Y 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

J A PA N E S E L I T E R AT U R E

A S I A N L I T E R AT U R E

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Other Rights: Tuttle-Mori Agency, Inc.

All Other Rights: The Author C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 19

Vanishing Ice

Glaciers, Ice Sheets, and Rising Seas VIVIEN GORNITZ W H Y MELTI N G I C E MATTERS

The Arctic is thawing. In summer, cruise ships sail through the once ice-clogged Northwest Passage, lakes form on top of the Greenland Ice Sheet, and polar bears swim farther and farther in search of waning ice floes. At the opposite end of the world, floating Antarctic ice shelves are shrinking.

Mountain glaciers are in retreat worldwide, unleashing flash floods and avalanches. We are on thin ice—and with melting permafrost’s potential to let loose still more greenhouse gases, these changes may be just the tip of the iceberg.

“Anyone who wants a better understanding of the different parts of the cryosphere, the detailed consequences of melting ice, and this aspect of climate change will find this book an invaluable resource.”

—Suzanne B. O’Connell, Wesleyan University

Vanishing Ice is a powerful depiction of the dramatic transformation of the cryosphere—the world of ice and snow—and its consequences for the human world. Exploring ice sheets, valley glaciers, permafrost, and floating ice, Vivien Gornitz gives an up-to-date explanation of key current trends.

Drawing on a long-term perspective gained by examining changes in the cryosphere and corresponding variations in sea level over millions of years, she demonstrates the link between thawing ice and sea-level rise to point to the social and economic challenges on the horizon. Gornitz highlights the widespread repercussions of ice loss, which will affect countless people far removed from frozen regions, to demonstrate why the big meltdown matters to us all. Written for all readers and students interested in the science of our changing climate, Vanishing Ice is an accessible and lucid warning of the coming thaw.

VIVIEN GORNITZ

is a geologist and special

research scientist with the Columbia University Center for Climate Systems Research and the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies. Her books include Rising Seas: Past, Present, and Future (Columbia, 2013). $35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-16824-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54889-2 F E B R U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 55 figures S C I E N C E / C L I M AT E C H A N G E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

20 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

The Fall of the Wild

Extinction, De-Extinction, and the Ethics of Conservation BEN A. MINTEER S HOUL D WE SAV E—O R E V E N R E V I V E — E N DA N G E R E D O R E XTI NC T S P EC IES?

The passenger pigeon, the great auk, the Tasmanian tiger—the memory of these vanished species haunts the fight against extinction. Seeking to save other creatures from their fate, wildlife advocates have become captivated by a narrative of heroic conservation efforts. A range of technological and policy strategies, from the traditional, such as regulations and refuges, to the novel—the scientific wizardry of genetic engineering and synthetic biology— seemingly promise solutions to the extinction crisis.

Ben A. Minteer calls for reflection on the ethical dilemmas of species loss and recovery in an increasingly human-driven world. He asks an unsettling but necessary question: Might our well-meaning efforts to save and restore wildlife pose a threat to the ideal of preserving a world that isn’t completely under the human thumb? Minteer probes the tension between our impulse to do whatever it takes and the risk of pursuing strategies that undermine our broader commitment to the preservation of wildness. From collecting wildlife specimens for museums and the wilderness aspirations of zoos to visions of “assisted colonization” of new habitats and high-tech attempts to revive long-extinct species, he explores the scientific and ethical concerns vexing conservation today. The Fall of the Wild is a nuanced treatment of the deeper moral issues underpinning the quest to save species on the brink of extinction and an accessible intervention in debates over the principles and practice of nature conservation.

© VA N E S S A M I N T E E R

BEN A. MINTEER

“The central ethical question addressed by Minteer is not only how far might we go to prevent biological extinction, but how far should we go? He comes to this conundrum as a distinguished environmental philosopher with a broad and deep record of thoughtful scholarship, as well as the heart of someone who obviously cares about the future of nature. And most importantly, at a time when answering the question is ever more urgent, he plots a carefully explicated, cautiously hopeful course forward.”

—Harry W. Greene, author of Tracks and Shadows: Field Biology as Art

holds the Arizona Zoological

Society Endowed Chair at Arizona State University, where he is a professor in the School of Life Sciences. He has authored or edited many books, including The Landscape of Reform: Civic Pragmatism and Environmental Thought in America (2006) and The Ark and Beyond: The Evolution of Zoo and Aquarium Conservation (2018).

$28.00* / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-17778-8 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54888-5 D E C E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 25 b&w illustrations SCIENCE / ANIMAL STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 1

Renewable Energy

A Primer for the Twenty-First Century BRUCE USHER H OW TO TRA N SI TI O N FRO M FOSSI L FUELS TO CL E A N EN ERGY

From wood to coal to oil and gas, the sources of energy on which civilization depends have always changed as technology advances. Now renewables are overtaking fossil fuels, with wind and solar energy becoming cheaper and more competitive every year. Growth in renewable energy will further accelerate as electric vehicles become less expensive than traditional automobiles.

Understanding the implications will prepare us for the many changes ahead.

Renewable Energy is a primer for readers of all levels on the coming energy transition and its global consequences. Bruce Usher provides a concise yet comprehensive explanation for the extraordinary growth in wind and solar energy; the trajectory of the transition from fossil fuels to renewables; and the implications for industries, countries, and the climate. Written in a straightforward style with easy-to-understand visual aids, the book illuminates the strengths and weaknesses of renewable energy based on business fundamentals and analysis of the economic forces that have given renewables a tailwind. Usher dissects the winners and losers, illustrating how governments and businesses with a far-sighted approach will reap long-term benefits. Alongside the business and finance case for renewable energy, he provides a timely illustration of the threat of catastrophic climate change and the perils of delay. A short and powerful guide, this book makes it clear that, from both economic and environmental perspectives, there is no time to lose.

“Usher provides a clear and well documented description of the energy transition accessible to the lay person but also of interest to energy professors and enthusiasts alike.”

—David Kirkpatrick, managing director and cofounder, SJF Ventures

“Usher explains in clear and intelligible language the rapid rise of renewables within the history of modern energy, providing a thoughtful and balanced point of view that makes this book stand out from more advocacy-focused works.”

—Charles Donovan, director of the Centre for Climate Science and Investment at Imperial College Business School

J A N U A R Y 160 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 20 illustrations C L I M AT E C H A N G E / E C O N O M I C S CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y E A R T H I N S T I T U T E S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y P R I M E R S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

22 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

is professor of professional

T. Gallogly ’86 Faculty Director of the Tamer Center © A M Y W I LT O N

$20.00* / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-18785-5 $60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18784-8 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-54752-9

BRUCE USHER

practice and the Elizabeth B. Strickler ‘86 and Mark for Social Enterprise at the Columbia Business School, where he teaches on the intersection of finance, social, and environmental issues. He was previously an entrepreneur and worked in financial services in New York and Tokyo.

Merger Masters

Tales of Arbitrage

KATE WELLING AND MARIO GABELLI THE D EAL- M AK ING S E C R ETS O F T H E BE ST RI S K-AR B IT R AGE INV E STO R S

Merger Masters presents revealing profiles of monumentally successful merger investors based on exclusive interviews with some of the greatest minds to practice the art of arbitrage. Michael Price, Guy Wyser-Pratte, James Dinan, and others offer practical perspectives on how their backgrounds in the risk-conscious world of merger arbitrage helped them make their greatest deals. They share their insights on the discipline that underlies their fortunes, whether they practice the “plain vanilla” strategy of announced deals, the aggressive strategy of activist investment, or any strategy between them on the risk spectrum.

© K AT H R Y N M . W E L L I N G

Merger Masters delves into the human side of risk arbitrage, exploring how top practitioners deal with the behavioral aspects of generating consistent profits from it. The book also includes perspectives from the other side of the mergers and acquisitions divide in the form of interviews with a trio of iconic CEOs: Bill Stiritz, Peter McCausland, and Paul Montrone. All three took advantage of M&A opportunities to help build long-term returns but often found themselves at odds with the short-term focus of Wall Street and merger investors. Told in lively, accessible prose, with bonus facts and figures for transaction junkies, Merger Masters is an incomparable set of stories with plenty of unfiltered lessons from the best managers of our time.

KATE WELLING

of fascinating stories about legendary deal makers and battle-seasoned techniques for deal making. Reading the interviews will provide important lessons and invaluable, time-tested investment insights. There is no one better to draw out the lessons than Kate Welling and Mario Gabelli.”

—Paul Johnson, adjunct professor of finance, Gabelli School of Business, Fordham University, and coauthor of Pitch the Perfect Investment: The Essential Guide to Winning on Wall Street

is the editor and publisher of

Welling on Wall St., an independent financial journal. A well-known financial journalist, she was managing editor of Barron’s.

MARIO GABELLI © MARIO J. GABELLI

“Merger Masters is a rare combination

is the chairman and chief execu-

tive officer of GAMCO Investors, Inc. A merger master in his own right, he is one of the country’s leading money managers and investors.

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-19042-8 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54891-5 N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 40 b&w illustrations BUSINESS CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 3

The Wise Advocate

The Inner Voice of Strategic Leadership ART KLEINER, JEFFREY SCHWARTZ, AND JOSIE THOMSON A PPLYI N G I N SI GHTS FRO M N EUROSC I EN C E FO R ST R O NGER LEA DERSHI P

Leadership is the habit of making good choices.

This capability is no fluke: the latest research on the brain shows that we can pinpoint the mental activity associated with it—and cultivate it for our benefit. In The Wise Advocate, Art Kleiner, Jeffrey Schwartz, and Josie Thomson, give a transformative explanation of how cutting-edge neuroscience can help business leaders set a course toward better management. Mapping the functions of a manager onto established patterns of mental activity, they identify crucial brain circuits and their parallels in organizational culture. Strategic leaders are able to take a longer perspective that articulates their organization’s deeper purpose because they have cultivated similar habits in their own minds. The Wise Advocate helps managers find their own inner voice, with catalytic implications for management strategy, executive education, and business results.

“This book is timely. By emphasizing the topics of wisdom, the high vs. low roads, and ethics, the authors make a unique contribution. While some of today’s university-based leadership and management researchers tend to ignore ethics,

ART KLEINER

business considerations, the authors’

strategy+business, the management magazine

approach is sensitive to those applied concerns.”

—James O’Toole, Daniels Distinguished

© PORTER HOVEY

organizational context, and practical

Professor of Business Ethics, University of

is the editor in chief of

published by PwC. His books include The Age of Heretics: A History of the Radical Thinkers Who Reinvented Corporate Management (2008).

JEFFREY SCHWARTZ

is a research psychiatrist

at UCLA School of Medicine and a leading expert © KEVIN SCANLON

Denver–Daniels College of Business

in neuroplasticity. His many books include You Are Not Your Brain: The 4-Step Solution for Changing Bad Habits, Ending Unhealthy Thinking, and Taking Control of Your Life (2011, with Rebecca Gladding).

JOSIE THOMSON

is an award-winning executive

coach, speaker, author, and two-time cancer survivor. She is the author of Enliven-U: A Little $29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17804-4 $28.99t / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54586-0 J A N U A R Y 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 5 graphs B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press

24 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Book of Inspirations (2015).

The CEO’s Boss

Tough Love in the Boardroom Second edition

WILLIAM M. KLEPPER ADV IC E FOR COR P OR AT E BOA R DS , W I T H N E W CAS E STU DIES AND R ECOMM E N DAT I O N S

The CEO’s Boss, originally published in 2010, is the definitive guide to a productive working relationship between corporate boards and CEOs. Speaking to an era when company directors must monitor the actions and day-to-day operations of their CEO, William M. Klepper offers eight essential lessons to help boards operate more effectively in this bold and independent role. Since the book’s publication, Klepper has continued to develop and apply its lessons for a variety of businesses and settings.

In this revised edition, Klepper renews the paradigm set forth in The CEO’s Boss, with new case studies of companies such as Wells Fargo, BP, HewlettPackard, and Proctor & Gamble. Giving directors, executives, investors, and stakeholders the tools to make crucial relationships work, Klepper details the best techniques for selecting the right CEO, establishing a working relationship, and giving effective feedback. He affirms the importance of the social contract between directors and their CEOs, encourages directors to embrace their independence, and teaches executives to value tough love. He revisits the first edition’s case studies and derives new insights from how these companies followed—or failed to heed—the book’s precepts. He also takes a close look at the predictions he made almost ten years ago, providing new forecasts and integrating core knowledge to ensure that The CEO’s Boss remains essential in our ever-changing business landscape.

© COLUMBIA BUSINESS SCHOOL

WILLIAM M. KLEPPER

PRAISE FOR THE FIRST EDITION:

“The CEO’s Boss serves up a wealth of practical, hands-on recommendations to build a productive partnership and a plan of action for a variety of businesses and settings. . . . For anyone who wants to take board evaluation, leadership structure, and dynamics to the next level, The CEO’s Boss is inspired reading and will provide impetus for discussion.”

—Corporate Board Member

is a management profes-

sor at Columbia Business School. His scholarship and teaching focuses on executive leadership and corporate governance and his Columbia CaseWorks case studies have been widely featured.

$35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18750-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54730-7 D E C E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 60 illustrations BUSINESS CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 5

Man, the State, and War

A Theoretical Analysis Anniversary edition

KENNETH N. WALTZ With a Foreword by Stephen M. Walt O N E OF THE TWEN TI ETH C EN TURY' S MOST I N FLU EN TI A L BO O KS O N THE O RI GI N S O F WA R

“Man, the State, and War fundamentally redefined the intellectual underpinnings of realism as the still-dominant approach to understanding international politics.

Waltz reshaped earlier ideas that jumbled together philosophical notions about human nature with folk wisdom about power politics, replacing them with a more rigorous statement about the implications of international anarchy for the endemic danger of war. After this book, all the rest is commentary.”

—Jack Snyder, author of From Voting to Violence: Democratization

What are the causes of war? How might the world be made more peaceful? In this landmark work of international relations theory, first published in 1959, the eminent realist scholar Kenneth N. Waltz offers a foundational analysis of the nature of conflict between states. He explores works by both classic political philosophers, such as St. Augustine, Hobbes, Kant, and Rousseau, and modern psychologists and anthropologists to discover ideas intended to explain war among states and related prescriptions for peace. Waltz influentially distinguishes among three “images” of the origins of war: those that blame individual leaders or human nature, those rooted in states’ internal composition, and those concerning the structure of the international system.

With a foreword by Stephen M. Walt on the legacy and continued relevance of Waltz’s work, this anniversary edition brings new life to a perennial international relations classic.

“Man, the State, and War is a classic because it is a pleasure to read, a quality that has become increasingly rare in scholarly writings about international affairs. In addition to his other virtues, Waltz was a graceful and witty writer who drew easily upon literature, philosophy, history, and economics to enliven, inform, and entertain his readers.”

and Nationalist Conflict —from the foreword by Stephen M. Walt KENNETH N. WALTZ

(1924–2013) was a preeminent scholar of inter-

national relations. He was Ford Professor Emeritus at the University of California, Berkeley, and was senior research scholar at the Institute of $28.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-18805-0 $85.00 / £66.00 cloth 978-0-231-18804-3 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54763-5

War and Peace Studies at Columbia University, where he began his academic career. His books include Theory of International Politics (1979). is Robert and Renée Belfer Professor of

D E C E M B E R 288 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

STEPHEN M. WALT

POLITICS

International Affairs at Harvard University’s John F. Kennedy School

All Rights: Columbia University Press

of Government.

26 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Nuclear North Korea

A Debate on Engagement Strategies Revised and updated edition

VICTOR D. CHA AND DAVID C. KANG Foreword by Stephan Haggard HOW TO D EAL WIT H T H E N O RT H KO R E A N N U CL EAR T H R EAT

Victor D. Cha and David C. Kang’s Nuclear North Korea was first published in 2003 amid the outbreak of a lasting crisis. It promptly became a landmark in the ongoing debate in academic and policy circles about whether to engage or contain North Korea. Fifteen years later, Nuclear North Korea remains an essential guide. Coming from different perspectives—Kang believes the threat posed by Pyongyang has been inflated and endorses a more open approach while Cha is more skeptical and advocates harsher measures—the authors together present authoritative analysis. They look at the implications of a nuclear North Korea, assess recent and current approaches to sanctions and engagement, and provide a workable framework for constructive policy. With a new chapter on the way forward for the international community in light of continued tensions, this book is of lasting relevance to understanding Korean affairs.

VICTOR D. CHA

is D. S. Song Chair in the

“[A] crisp, smart book.”

—Michael O’Hanlon, Chronicle of Higher Education

“A penetrating analysis of what is probably the world’s most dangerous trouble spot.”

—Gordon G. Chang, Asian Review of Books

“A delight to read.”

—Ruediger Frank, Pacific Affairs

© GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY

Department of Government and School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University. He is senior adviser and Korea chair at the Center for Strategic and International Studies and was director for Asian affairs at the National Security Council from 2004 to 2007. His books include The Impossible State: North Korea, Past and Future (2012).

DAVID C. KANG

is professor of international rela-

tions and business at the University of Southern California, where he is also director of the Korean Studies Institute and the Center for International Studies. His most recent book is American Grand Strategy and East Asian Security in the TwentyFirst Century (2017).

STEPHAN HAGGARD

is the Lawrence and Sallye

Krause Professor of Korea-Pacific Studies at the School of Global Policy and Strategy at the University of California, San Diego.

$30.00* / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18923-1 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18922-4 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54824-3 S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S CO N T E M P O R A RY A S I A I N T H E WO R L D

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 27

The Shahnameh

The Persian Epic as World Literature HAMID DABASHI A N E W REA DI N G A N D HI STO RY O F THE P O EM THAT S H A PED THE P ERSI A N WO RLD

The Shahnameh, an epic poem recounting the foundation of Iran across mythical, heroic, and historical ages, is the beating heart of Persian literature and culture. Composed by Abu al-Qasem Ferdowsi over a thirty-year period and completed in the year 1010, the epic has entertained generations of readers and profoundly shaped Persian culture, society, and politics. For a millennium, Iranian and Persian-speaking people around the globe have read, memorized, discussed, performed, adapted, and loved the poem.

In this book, Hamid Dabashi brings the Shahnameh to renewed global attention, encapsulating a lifetime of learning and teaching the Persian epic for a new generation of readers. Dabashi insightfully traces the epic’s history, authorship, poetic significance, complicated legacy of political uses and abuses, and enduring significance in colonial and postcolonial contexts. In addition to explaining and celebrating what makes the Shahnameh such a distinctive literary work, he also considers the poem in the context of other epics, such as the Aeneid or the Odyssey, and critical debates over the concept of world literature. Arguing that Ferdowsi’s epic and its reception broached an idea of world literature long before nineteenth-century Western literary criticism, Dabashi makes a powerful case that we need to rethink the very notion of “world literature” in light of his reading of the Persian epic.

“In The Shahnameh, Hamid Dabashi shows the global importance of the tenth-century Persian masterpiece and gives readers a strong sense of its literary magnificence. Dabashi allows us to see the world imagined

by Ferdowsi in its richness and complexity eight centuries before Goethe made his influential claim for Weltliteratur and, thereby, helps us expand our sense of the world of literature. After reading Dabashi’s magisterial account of the great Iranian epic, we must return to the ongoing debates in world literature anew.”

—Brian Edwards, Northwestern University

HAMID DABASHI

is Hagop Kevorkian Professor

$35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18344-4 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54494-8 J A N U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

28 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

© GOLBARG BASHI

of Iranian Studies and Comparative Literature at Columbia University. He is a founding member of the Institute for Comparative Literature and Society at Columbia University. Among his most recent books are The World of Persian Literary Humanism (2015) and Persophilia: Persian Culture on the Global Scene (2016).

Out of the Dark Night

Essays on Decolonization ACHILLE MBEMBE

THE PAR AD OXES OF T H E POSTCO LO N I A L M O M E N T

Achille Mbembe is one of the world’s most profound critics of colonialism and its consequences, a major figure in the emergence of a new wave of French critical theory. His writings examine the complexities of decolonization for African subjectivities and the possibilities emerging in its wake. In Out of the Dark Night, he offers a nuanced consideration of the African experience that points toward new liberatory models of community and humanity.

Mbembe makes sweeping interventions into debates about citizenship, identity, democracy, and modernity. He eruditely ranges across European and African thought to provide a powerful assessment of common ways of writing and thinking about Africa. Mbembe criticizes the blinders of European intellectuals, analyzing France’s failure to heed postcolonial critiques of ongoing exclusions masked by pretenses of universalism. He develops a new reading of African modernity that further develops the notion of Afropolitanism, a novel way of being in the world that has arisen in decolonized Africa in the midst of both destruction and the birth of new societies, making the case for South Africa as its laboratory. Out of the Dark Night reconstructs critical theory’s historical and philosophical framework for understanding colonial and postcolonial events and expands our sense of the futures made possible by decolonization.

ACHILLE MBEMBE

“An important, provocative, and powerful intervention into the politics and the production of knowledge after colonialism in France and about the French empire’s former colonies after they became independent.”

—Mamadou Diouf, Columbia University

is research professor in history and politics at the

Wits Institute for Social and Economic Research, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg. His books in English include On the Postcolony (2001) and Critique of Black Reason (2017).

$30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16028-5 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-50059-3 J A N U A R Y 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions La Découverte C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 2 9

Alan Brinkley

A Life in History

DAVID GREENBERG, MOSHIK TEMKIN, AND MASON B. WILLIAMS, EDITORS E SSAYS A N D REFLEC TI O N S O N A GREAT A M E R I CA N HI STO RI A N

“It is a rare pleasure to read this collection of essays on Alan Brinkley and his work. The authors and editors have done a wonderful service to all of us who study American history, with a book that affords its readers the chance not only to marvel at Brinkley’s remarkable mind and incomparably decent character but also to consider what sort of person becomes a great historian.”

—Eric Rauchway, University of California, Davis

Few American historians of his generation have had as much influence in both the academic and popular realms as Alan Brinkley. His debut work, the National Book Award–winning Voices of Protest, launched a storied career that considered the full spectrum of American political life. A longtime professor at Harvard University and Columbia University, Brinkley has shaped the field of U.S. history for generations of students though his textbooks and his mentorship of some of today’s foremost historians.

This book brings together essays on Brinkley’s major works and ideas, as well as personal reminiscences from leading historians and thinkers beyond the academy whom Brinkley collaborated with, befriended, and influenced. Among the luminaries in this volume are the critic Frank Rich, the journalists Jonathan Alter and Nicholas Lemann, the biographer A. Scott Berg, and the historians Eric Foner and Lizabeth Cohen. Together, the seventeen essays that form this book chronicle the life and thought of a working historian, the development of historical scholarship in our time, and the role that history plays in our public life. At a moment when Americans are pondering the plight of their democracy, this volume offers a timely overview of a consummate student—and teacher—of the American political tradition.

DAVID GREENBERG,

a historian of American politics, teaches at

Rutgers University. His latest book is Republic of Spin: An Inside History of the American Presidency (2016).

MOSHIK TEMKIN

is associate professor of history and public policy at

Harvard Kennedy School and the author of The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair: $35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18724-4 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54716-1

America on Trial (2011).

MASON B. WILLIAMS

is assistant professor of leadership studies and

D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

political science at Williams College and the author of City of Ambition:

B I O G R A P H Y / H I S TO R Y

FDR, La Guardia, and the Making of Modern New York (2013).

All Rights: Columbia University Press

30 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Uneven Moments

Reflections on Japan’s Modern History HARRY HAROOTUNIAN CRI T ICAL P ER S P EC TI V E O N T H E H I STO RY O F JA PA N

Few scholars have done more than Harry Harootunian to shape the study of modern Japan.

Incorporating Marxist critical perspectives on history and theoretically informed insights, his scholarship has been vitally important for the world of Asian studies. Uneven Moments presents a selection of Harootunian’s essays on Japan’s intellectual and cultural history from the late Tokugawa period to the present that span the many phases of his distinguished career and point to new directions for Japanese studies.

Uneven Moments begins with reflections on area studies as an academic field and how we go about studying a region. It then moves into discussions of key topics in modern Japanese history. Harootunian considers Japan’s fateful encounter with capitalist modernity and the implications of uneven development, examining the combinations of older practices with new demands that characterized the twentieth century. The book examines the making of modern Japan, the transformations of everyday life, and the collision between the production of forms of cultural expression and new political possibilities. Finally, Harootunian analyzes Japanese political identity and its forms of reckoning with the past. Exploring the shifting relationship among culture, the making of meaning, and politics in rich reflections on Marxism and critical theory, Uneven Moments presents Harootunian’s intellectual trajectory and in so doing offers a unique assessment of Japanese history.

HARRY HAROOTUNIAN

is Max Palevsky

© KRISTIN ROSS

Professor of History Emeritus at the University of

“A leading voice in Japanese intellectual history, it is no exaggeration to say that Harry Harootunian’s work has shaped the field for the past forty years.

These essays collectively provide an extended reflection on the intellectual and philosophical concerns that run through Harootunian’s oeuvre, including the relationship between culture and politics; the problem of temporality, history, and modernity; and the intertwined projects of critical theory and critical area studies. This book will become a classic.”

—Louise Young, University of Wisconsin– Madison

Chicago, professor emeritus of East Asia studies at New York University, and adjunct senior research Columbia University. His books include Marx

$30.00* / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-19021-3 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-19020-6 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54877-9

After Marx: History and Time in the Expansion

J A N U A R Y 352 pages / 6" x 9"

of Capitalism (Columbia, 2015).

ASIAN STUDIES

scholar at the Weatherhead East Asian Institute,

A S I A P E R S P E C T I V E S : H I S TO RY, S O C I E T Y, A N D C U LT U R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 31

A Light in Dark Times

The New School for Social Research and Its University in Exile JUDITH FRIEDLANDER T H E HI STO RY O F A MI SSI O N - DRI VEN E D U CATI O N A L I N STI TUTI O N

Founded in 1919 in the name of academic freedom, the New School for Social Research quickly became a pioneer in adult education—what its first president, Alvin Johnson, called “the continuing education of the educated.” During the 1920s, the New School became the place to go to hear famous people lecture on politics, the arts, and recent developments in new fields of inquiry such as anthropology and psychoanalysis. In 1933 Johnson opened the University in Exile within the New School, providing visas and jobs for nearly two hundred refugees fleeing Hitler. And through these exiled scholars, he re-created in miniature the great intellectual traditions of Europe’s imperiled universities.

“Friedlander’s book expertly reveals how the New School emerged and gracefully interlaces the institutional story with the lives

In this book, Judith Friedlander reconstructs the history of the New School in the context of ongoing debates over academic freedom, intellectual dissidents, and democratic education. Against the backdrop of World War I and the first Red Scare, the Hitler years and McCarthyism, the student uprisings during the Vietnam War and the downfall of communism in Eastern Europe, Friedlander tells a dramatic story of academic, political, and financial struggle through sketches of New School administrators, faculty members, trustees, and students.

As this unique educational institution prepares to celebrate its one hundredth anniversary, A Light in Dark Times offers a timely reflection on the New School’s legacy, which can serve as an inspiration for the academic community today.

of individuals who fostered the school’s development. The work raises questions about the defense of academic freedom; the complexities of rescuing refugees from political and religious persecution; and the tensions of an institution that, on the one hand, adhered to principles of free intellectual exchanges and, on the other, relied on its faculty to recruit colleagues who promoted discordant issues and methods.”

—Alice Kessler-Harris, Columbia University

$40.00* / £30.00 cloth 978-0-231-18018-4 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54257-9 J A N U A R Y 448 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" /

20 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y / E D U C AT I O N

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: The Author

32 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

© E L Z B I E TA M AT Y N I A

JUDITH FRIEDLANDER

served as dean of the

Graduate Faculty of Political and Social Science at the New School for Social Research from 1993– 2000, where she held the Walter A. Eberstadt Chair of Anthropology. Her books include Vilna on the Seine (1990) and Being Indian in Hueyapan (revised and updated edition, 2006).

Atheism

ALEXANDRE KOJÈVE

Translated by Jeff Love THE R AD ICAL IM P L ICAT I O N S O F T H E I S M A N D AT H E I SM

One of the twentieth century’s most brilliant and unconventional thinkers, Alexandre Kojève was a Russian émigré to France whose lectures on Hegel in the 1930s galvanized a generation of French intellectuals. Although Kojève wrote a great deal, he published very little in his lifetime, and so the ongoing rediscovery of his work continues to present new challenges to philosophy and political theory.

Written in 1931 but left unfinished, Atheism is an erudite and open-ended exploration of profound questions of estrangement, death, suicide, and the infinite that demonstrates the range and the provocative power of Kojève’s thought.

Ranging across Heidegger, Buddhism, Christianity, Marxism, German idealism, Russian literature, and quantum physics, Kojève advances a novel argument about freedom and authority. He investigates the possibility that there is not any vantage point or source of authority—including philosophy, science, or God—that is outside or beyond politics and the world as we experience it. The question becomes whether atheism—or theism—is even a meaningful position since both affirmation and denial of God’s existence imply a knowledge that seems clearly outside our capacities. Masterfully translated from Russian by Jeff Love, Kojève’s biographer, this book offers a striking new perspective on Kojève’s work and its implications for theism, atheism, politics, and freedom.

ALEXANDRE KOJÈVE

“Atheism is a brilliant analysis of the relationship between faith and atheism that offers invaluable insights on the formation of Kojève’s thought but also remains important in our time.”

—Boris Groys, author of Under Suspicion: A Phenomenology of Media

“This splendid translation of Kojève’s erudite, eccentric 1931 text reveals him taking on the most Dostoevskian of questions with all the wisdom of Western Europe at his back.”

—Caryl Emerson, Princeton University

(1902–1968) was a Russian-born French

philosopher and polymath whose influence on contemporary thought via his many disciples and detractors, from Derrida to Lacan to Leo Strauss, is vast. While most famous for his Hegel lectures, Kojève also had exceptional influence while working in the French Ministry of Economic Affairs as an important figure in the creation of the European Economic Community.

JEFF LOVE

is research professor of German and Russian at Clemson

$32.00* / £25.00 cloth 978-0-231-18000-9 $31.99 / £25.00 e-book 978-0-231-54229-6

University. He is the author of The Black Circle: A Life of Alexandre

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

Kojève (Columbia, 2018).

P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Editions Gallimard C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 33

Conversion Disorder

Listening to the Body in Psychoanalysis JAMIESON WEBSTER A PSYC HOA N A LYST’ S STO RY O F S E L F-TRA N SFO RMATI O N

Conversion disorder—a psychiatric term that names the enigmatic transformation of psychic energy into bodily manifestations—offers a way to rethink the present. With so many people suffering from unexplained bodily symptoms; with so many seeking recourse to pharmacological treatments or bodily modification; with young men and women seemingly willing to direct violence toward anybody, including themselves—a radical disordering in culture insists on the level of the body.

Part memoir, part clinical case, part theoretical investigation, this book searches for the body. Is it a psychopathological entity; a crossroads for the cultural, political, and biological in the form of care; or the foundation of psychoanalytic work on the question of sexuality? Jamieson Webster traces conversion’s shifting meanings—in religious, economic, and even chemical processes—revisiting the work of thinkers as diverse as Benjamin, Foucault, Agamben, and Lacan. She provides an intimate account of her own conversion from patient to psychoanalyst, as well as her continual struggle to apprehend the complexities of the patient’s body. When listening to dreams, symptoms, worries, or sexual impasses, the body becomes a defining trope that belies a vulnerable and urgent wish for transformation. Conversion Disorder names what is singular about entanglement of the fractured body and the social world in order to imagine what kind of cure is possible.

“Conversion Disorder is a wonderful book and a pleasure to read—each page sparkles with insight. What I like in this book is the frankness of the author’s self-presentation—with her doubts about her profession, her family background marked by separation, and her many readings of philosophers, all interesting, some surprising, like Bachelard, but always bringing something relevant.”

—Jean-Michel Rabaté, University of Pennsylvania, American Academy of Arts and Sciences

JAMIESON WEBSTER

is a psychoanalyst in

New York. She has written for Artforum, Cabinet,

$35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18408-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54531-0 O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y / P S YC H O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

34 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

© STUDIO30

the Guardian, the New York Times, and Playboy.

Her books include The Life and Death of Psychoanalysis (2011) and Stay, Illusion! (with Simon Critchley, 2013).

Countersexual Manifesto PAUL B. PRECIADO

Translated by K. G. Dunn. Foreword by Avital Ronell.

A RAD ICAL C H AL L EN G E TO G E N D E R , S E XUA L I T Y, AND D ES IR E

Countersexual Manifesto is an outrageous yet rigorous work of trans theory, a performative literary text, and an insistent call to action. Seeking to overthrow all constraints on what can be done with and to the body, Paul B. Preciado lays out mock constitutional principles for a countersexual revolution that will recognize genitalia as technological objects and offers step-by-step illustrated instructions for dismantling the heterocentric social contract.

Preciado calls theorists such as Derrida, Foucault, Butler, and Haraway to task for not going nearly far enough in their attempts to deconstruct the naturalization of normative identities and behaviors.

His claim that the dildo precedes the penis—that artifice, not nature, comes first in the history of sexuality—forms the basis of his demand for new practices of sexual emancipation. He calls for a world of sexual plasticity and fabrication, and he invokes countersexuality’s roots in the history of sex toys, pornography, and drag. His claims are extreme, but supported through meticulous readings of philosophy and theory, as well as popular culture.

Now available in English translation with a new introduction by Preciado, Countersexual Manifesto will disrupt feminism and queer theory and scandalize us all with its hyperbolic but deadly serious defiance of everything we’ve been told about sex.

PAUL B. PRECIADO

is a philosopher, curator,

“Preciado hammers home the way we have been reduced and maimed, straightjacketed by prevailing conceptual assignments, even those of the highest order of philosophical probity. Provocative and unrelenting, the Manifesto hits us hard on every possible level of cherished existence.

Respectful of his teachers and predecessors, Preciado builds on the work from which he departs, driving startling surges of insight to the outer limits of prior thinking.”

—Avital Ronell, author of Complaint: Grievance Among Friends

and transgender activist. He is curator of public programs for the art and culture exhibition documenta 14 (Athens and Kassel). Preciado’s books in English include Testo Junkie: Sex, Drugs, and Biopolitics in the Pharmacopornographic Era (2013) and Pornotopia: An Essay on Playboy’s Architecture and Biopolitics (2014). He lives between Paris, Barcelona, and Athens.

K. G. DUNN

is a translator of Spanish-language

fiction and academic writing on gender, art, and immigration.

$25.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17563-0 $75.00 / £58.00 cloth 978-0-231-17562-3 $24.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54868-7 D E C E M B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 15 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y / LG B TQ I A S T U D I E S CRITICAL LIFE STUDIES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Casanovas & Lynch Agencia Literaria C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 35

Confronting Inequality

How Societies Can Choose Inclusive Growth JONATHAN D. OSTRY, PRAKASH LOUNGANI, AND ANDREW BERG Foreword by Joseph E. Stiglitz H OW P O LI CY CA N A DDRESS I N EQ UA LI TY WI THO UT SACR IFI C I N G ECO N O MI C GROWTH

“This book should be on the shelf of everyone who wants to understand the future of our economies.”

—Dani Rodrik, Harvard University

“Building on years of research conducted by the authors at the International Monetary Fund, Ostry, Loungani, and Berg tell a compelling story—in a pithy, accessible way— about how inequality hurts economic growth and stability and how to design policies to deliver a more inclusive growth.”

—Heather Boushey, executive director and chief economist, Washington Center for Equitable Growth

Inequality has drastically increased in many countries around the globe over the past three decades.

The widening gap between the very rich and everyone else is often portrayed as an unexpected outcome or the tradeoff we must accept to achieve economic growth. In this book, three International Monetary Fund economists show that this increase in inequality has in fact been a political choice—and explain what policies we should choose instead.

Jonathan D. Ostry, Prakash Loungani, and Andrew Berg demonstrate that the extent of inequality depends on policy choices—such as whether to let capital move unhindered across national boundaries, how much austerity to impose, and how much to deregulate markets. While these policies do often confer growth benefits, they have also been responsible for much of the increase in inequality.

The book also shows that inequality leads to weaker economic performance and proposes alternative policies capable of delivering more inclusive growth.

In addition to improving access to health care and quality education, they call for redistribution from the rich to the poor and present evidence showing that redistribution does not hurt growth. Accessible to scholars across disciplines as well as to students and policy makers, Confronting Inequality is a rigorous and empirically rich book that is crucial for a time when many fear a new Gilded Age. JONATHAN D. OSTRY

is deputy director of the research department

at the International Monetary Fund, where his work on financial globalization and inequality has been influential in bringing about a shift in the IMF’s stance on these issues. His work on inequality and unsustainable $28.00* / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-17469-5 $85.00 / £66.00 cloth 978-0-231-17468-8 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-52761-3 J A N U A R Y 192 pages / 6" x 9" / 51 graphs and charts ECONOMICS

All Rights: Columbia University Press

36 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

growth has been cited by, among others, Barack Obama.

PRAKASH LOUNGANI

is an advisor in the IMF’s Independent Evalua-

tion Office known for his work on the difficulty of forecasting recessions.

ANDREW BERG

is deputy director of the IMF’s Institute for Capacity

Development. He previously served at the U.S. Treasury.

Social Empathy

The Art of Understanding Others ELIZABETH A. SEGAL HOW R ES EAR C H ON E M PAT H Y CA N D E L I V E R S OCIAL J UST IC E

Our ability to understand others and help others understand us is essential to our individual and collective well-being. Yet there are many barriers that keep us from walking in the shoes of others: fear, skepticism, and power structures that separate us from those outside our narrow groups. To progress in a multicultural world and ensure our common good, we need to overcome these obstacles. Our best hope can be found in the skill of empathy.

In Social Empathy, Elizabeth A. Segal explains how we can develop our ability to understand one another and have compassion toward different social groups. When we are socially empathic, we not only imagine what it is like to be another person, but we consider their social, economic, and political circumstances and what shaped them. Segal explains the evolutionary and learned components of interpersonal and social empathy, including neurobiological factors and the role of social structures. Ultimately, empathy is not only a part of interpersonal relations: it is fundamental to interactions between different social groups and can be a way to bridge diverse people and communities. A clear and useful explanation of an often misunderstood concept, Social Empathy brings together sociology, psychology, social work, and cognitive neuroscience to illustrate how to become better advocates for justice.

ELIZABETH A. SEGAL

is a professor in the School

of Social Work at Arizona State University. She

“This book brings together important ideas about how we relate to one another and make decisions about the society we live in. Especially in times of extreme political divisiveness, we need to be reminded of the consequences of a lack of social empathy—in our individual relationships, communities, and national discourse. Anyone who is asking difficult questions about divisiveness in their own community will find Segal’s ideas useful in reflecting on questions of why and what next.”

—Sarah Garlington, Ohio University

is the author of Social Welfare Policy and Social Programs: A Values Perspective, fourth edition (2016) and coauthor of Assessing Empathy (Columbia, 2017).

$35.00* / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18480-9 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54568-6 O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 9 b&w illustrations P S YC H O LO G Y / S O C I O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 37

Mind Beyond Brain

Buddhism, Science, and the Paranormal DAVID E. PRESTI E X PA NDI N G THE B UDDHI SM- SC I EN C E CO N VERSATI O N I N TO N EW TERRI TO RY

Among the most profound questions we confront are the nature of what and who we are as consciousness beings and how the human mind relates to the rest of what we consider as reality. For millennia, philosophers, scientists, and religious thinkers have attempted answers, perhaps none more meaningful today than those offered by neuroscience and

by Buddhism. The encounter between these two worldviews has spurred ongoing conversations about what science and Buddhism can teach each other about mind and reality.

“Mind Beyond Brain embraces and celebrates the natural sciences and their materialist frameworks but also suggests that our understanding of the natural almost certainly needs to be expanded, greatly, and that the physicalist frameworks may not be the final answer to our deepest and most difficult questions about subjectivity, mind, or consciousness.

Presti is a perfect narrator, host, and guide here. He strikes a wonderful balance between embracing and celebrating the advances of the sciences and wanting them to go further still.”

—Jeffrey J. Kripal, J. Newton Rayzor Chair in Philosophy and Religious Thought, Rice University

In Mind Beyond Brain, the neuroscientist David E. Presti, with the assistance of other distinguished researchers, explores how evidence for anomalous phenomena—such as near-death experiences, apparent memories of past lives, apparitions, experiences associated with death, and other so-called psi or paranormal phenomena, including telepathy, clairvoyance, and precognition—can influence the Buddhism-science conversation. Presti describes the extensive but frequently unacknowledged history of scientific investigation into these phenomena, demonstrating its relevance to questions about consciousness and reality. If we are willing to take evidence of such often off-limits topics seriously, these new perspectives offer significant challenges to dominant explanatory paradigms and raise the prospect that we may be poised for truly revolutionary developments in the scientific investigation of mind. Mind Beyond Brain represents the next level in the science and Buddhism dialogue.

DAVID E. PRESTI

is a teaching professor of neuro-

biology, psychology, and cognitive science at the University of California, Berkeley. He also teaches $30.00* / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18956-9 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54839-7 O C T O B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" RELIGION / BUDDHISM / SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

38 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

neuroscience to Buddhist monks and nuns in India and Bhutan. He is the author of Foundational Concepts in Neuroscience: A Brain-Mind Odyssey (2016).

Postcolonial Theory

A Critical Introduction Second edition

LEELA GANDHI A POWER F UL OV ERV I E W O F POSTCO LO N I A L T H O U G HT BRO UGH T UP -TO- DATE

Published twenty years ago, Leela Gandhi’s Postcolonial Theory was a landmark description of the field of postcolonial studies in theoretical terms that set its intellectual context alongside poststructuralism, postmodernism, Marxism, and feminism. Gandhi examined the contributions of major thinkers such as Edward Said, Gayatri Spivak, Homi Bhabha, and the subaltern historians. The book pointed to postcolonialism’s relationship with earlier anticolonial thinkers such as Frantz Fanon and explained pertinent concepts such as hybridity, Orientalism, humanism, diaspora, nationalism, globalization, and postcolonial feminism.

The revised edition of this classic work reaffirms its status as a useful starting point for readers new to the field and a provocative account that opens up possibilities for debate. It includes substantial additions: A new preface and epilogue reposition postcolonial studies within evolving intellectual contexts and take stock of important critical developments. Gandhi examines recent alliances with critical race theory and Africanist postcolonialism, considers challenges from postsecular and postcritical perspectives, and takes into account the ontological, environmental, affective, and ethical turns in the changed landscape of critical theory. She describes what is enduring in postcolonial thinking—as a critical perspective within the academy and as an attitude to the world that extends beyond the discipline of postcolonial studies.

© N I C K D E N TA M A R O

LEELA GANDHI

Praise for the first edition: “[Gandhi’s] admirably concise and well-written volume will prove invaluable to readers new to postcolonial theory as well as to readers already familiar with this diverse and often diversely confusing field.”

—NOVEL: A Forum on Fiction

“An acutely stimulating read, and certainly a valuable addition to postcolonial critical writing.”

—World Literature Today

is John Hawkes Professor of

Humanities and English at Brown University. She is author of Affective Communities: Anticolonial Thought, Fin de Siècle Radicalism, and the Politics of Friendship (2006) and The Common Cause:

$26.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17839-6 $80.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-17838-9 $25.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54856-4

Postcolonial Ethics and the Practice of Democracy,

N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9"

1900–1955 (2014).

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 39

N E W I N PA P E R

What Kind of Creatures Are We? NOAM CHOMSKY

A M ASTER THI N KER A DDRESSES THE FUN DA MEN TA L T H E M E S DEFI N I N G O UR HUMA N I TY

Noam Chomsky is widely known and deeply admired for being the founder of modern linguistics, one of the founders of the field of cognitive science, and perhaps the most avidly read political theorist and commentator of our time. In these lectures, he presents a lifetime of philosophical reflection on all three of these areas of research, to which he has contributed for over half a century.

In clear, precise, and nontechnical language, Chomsky elaborates on fifty years of scientific development in the study of language, sketching how his own work has implications for the origins of language, the close relations that language bears to thought, and its eventual biological basis. He expounds and criticizes many alternative theories, such as those that emphasize the social, the communicative, and the referential aspects of language.

Moving from language and mind to society and politics, he concludes with a searching exploration and philosophical defense of a position he describes as “libertarian socialism,” tracing its links to anarchism and the ideas of John Dewey and even to the ideas of Marx and Mill, demonstrating its conceptual growth out of our historical past and urgent relation to matters of the present.

“It’s always spring in Mr. Chomsky’s garden. Like John Ashbery, Noam Chomsky seems to come up with thoughts that are always fresh, unaffected by the polluting clichés that most of us inhale and exhale all day and night. To read his sentences is a life-giving elixir.”

—Wallace Shawn, author of Essays

“Engaging.”

—Library Journal

NOAM CHOMSKY

“Recommended.”

is Institute Professor (emeritus)

in the Department of Linguistics and Philosophy

© E D U B AY E R

at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and —Choice

Laureate Professor of Linguistics and Agnese Nelms Haury Chair in the Program in Environment and Social Justice at the University of Arizona. He is the author of more than one hundred books, including Requiem for the American Dream (2017).

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-17597-5 S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.5" x 7" P H I LO S O P H Y / L A N G U AG E A N D L I N G U I S T I C S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-17596-8 CO L U M B I A T H E M E S I N P H I LO S O P H Y

World English-Language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other Rights: Roam Agency

40 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

Tainted Witness

The Incorporeal

LEIGH GILMORE

ELIZABETH GROSZ

Why We Doubt What Women Say About Their Lives WI NNER —2 01 7 CHO IC E O U TSTA N D I N G ACA D EM IC T IT L E

“A timely and necessary defense of the women whose voices are so often drowned out or shouted down.”

—Washington Post

“Essential reading for women living under a president who publicly professed sexual assault and faced no consequences.”

—Rumpus

Why are women so often considered unreliable witnesses to their own experiences?

Tainted Witness examines a long association of race and gender with lying that persists to this day within legal systems and everyday judgments. Bringing together feminist, literary, and legal frameworks, Leigh Gilmore considers the unsteady line between truth and fiction in search of justice, with ongoing relevance as the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements compel societal reckoning.

LEIGH GILMORE

is distinguished visiting professor of

women’s and gender studies at Wellesley College.

Ontology, Ethics, and the Limits of Materialism

“A remarkable and groundbreaking work, The Incorporeal intensifies Grosz’s already complex and nuanced account of bodies and difference.”

—Claire Colebrook, Edwin Erle Sparks Professor of English, Pennsylvania State University

Philosophy has inherited a powerful impulse to embrace either dualism or a reductive monism—either a radical separation of mind and body or the reduction of mind to body. Elizabeth Grosz shows that not only are idealism and materialism inextricably linked but that this “belonging together” of the entirety of ideality and the entirety of materiality is an ontological condition for the development of human consciousness.

A masterwork by an eminent theoretician, The Incorporeal offers profound new insight into the mind-body problem.

ELIZABETH GROSZ

is the Jean Fox O’Barr Professor in the

Programs in Gender, Sexuality, and Feminist Studies, and Literature at Duke University. She is the author of Chaos, Territory, Art: Deleuze and the Framing of the Earth (Columbia, 2008).

$22.00* / £16.99 paper 978-0-231-17715-3 S E P T E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9"

$24.00* / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-18163-1

LITERARY STUDIES / GENDER STUDIES

N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9"

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2017 978-0-231-17714-6

P H I LO S O P H Y

G E N D E R A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2017 978-0-231-18162-4

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 41

N E W I N PA P E R

The Activist Director

Lessons from the Boardroom and the Future of the Corporation IRA M. MILLSTEIN

“Offers pragmatic suggestions for recruiting activist directors to the boardroom to secure the future of the corporation.”

—Metropolitan Corporate Counsel

“Millstein’s vast history gives weight to his comments and his relating of concrete events with the likes of General Motors and ConEd as well as the city and state of New York lends authority to his recommendations.”

—Library Journal

Ira M. Millstein takes readers into the boardrooms of several of the greatest catastrophes and success stories of America’s best-known corporations. His solution lies at the top: a new breed of activist directors.

Millstein offers pragmatic suggestions for recruiting activist directors to the boardroom.

IRA M. MILLSTEIN

is a senior partner in the international

law firm of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP. He is an adjunct

Inside the Investments of Warren Buffett Twenty Cases YEFEI LU WI N N ER— 2017 CH OI CE O UTSTA N DI N G ACA DEMI C TI TLE

“Provide[s] great insights into deep value investing.”

—Seeking Alpha

Inside the Investments of Warren Buffett presents the most detailed analysis to date of Buffett’s long-term investment portfolio through his major investments in companies such as See’s Candies, the Washington Post, GEICO, Coca-Cola, US Air, Wells Fargo, and IBM. Yefei Lu pinpoints what is unique about Buffett’s timing, instinct, use of outside knowledge, and postinvestment actions, and he identifies what could work well for all investors in companies big and small, domestic and global.

YEFEI LU

is a portfolio manager at Shareholder Value

Management AG, a value-investment company based in Frankfurt, Germany.

professor and founding chair of the Ira M. Millstein Center for Global Markets and Corporate Ownership at Columbia Law School.

$18.95t / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-18135-8

$24.00* / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-16463-4

J A N U A R Y 240 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 16 b&w photographs

D E C E M B E R 312 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 28 figures

BUSINESS

BUSINESS

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-18134-1

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-16462-7

CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

CO L U M B I A B U S I N E S S S C H O O L P U B L I S H I N G

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

42 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

Appetite for Innovation

Creativity and Change at elBulli M. PILAR OPAZO HONOR AB L E M ENT IO N — 2 017 PR OS E AWA R D I N BU SINESS , F INANC E, A N D M A N AG E M E N T

“Opazo has written a fascinating organizational and business analysis of the restaurant and, in the process, produced an insightful account of how a culture of innovation can be achieved and sustained.”

—Forbes.com

The name elBulli is synonymous with creativity and innovation: the three-star Michelin restaurant never offered the same dish twice. Pilar Opazo joined elBulli’s inner circle as the restaurant transitioned from a for-profit business to its new organizational model. She describes the novel forms of communication, idea mobilization, and embeddedness that continue to encourage the staff to focus and invent. Opazo finds that the successful strategies employed by elBulli are similar to those required for innovation in art, music, business, and technology, proving the value of the elBulli model across organizations and industries.

M. PILAR OPAZO

The Conversational Firm

Rethinking Bureaucracy in the Age of Social Media CATHERINE J. TURCO

F I N A LI ST— 2017 GEO RGE R. TERRY BO O K AWA RD, ACA DEMY O F MA N AGEMEN T

“[A] well-written, insightful ethnographic study.”

—Strategy + Business

Catherine J. Turco was embedded within a fast-growing social-media-marketing company for ten months. The Conversational Firm is her ethnographic analysis of what worked at the company and what didn’t.

Marshaling insights from cultural and economic sociology, organizational theory, economics, technology studies, and anthropology, The Conversational Firm offers a nuanced analysis of corporate communication, control, and culture in the social media age.

CATHERINE J. TURCO

is the Fred Kayne (1960) Career

Development Professor of Entrepreneurship and associate professor of work and organization studies at the MIT Sloan School of Management.

is a postdoctoral associate and lecturer at

the MIT Sloan School of Management. $24.00* / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-17899-0 $24.00* / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-17679-8

D E C E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 336 pages / 6" x 9" / 45 b&w illustrations

S O C I O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17898-3

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17678-1

THE MIDDLE RANGE SERIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 43

N E W I N PA P E R

By More Than Providence

Eric Walrond

Grand Strategy and American Power in the Asia Pacific Since 1783

A Life in the Harlem Renaissance and the Transatlantic Caribbean

MICHAEL J. GREEN

JAMES DAVIS

“[An] important and comprehensive study of America's relations with the region.”

—New York Times Book Review

“Likely to become the standard work on the subject.”

—Financial Times

FI N A LI ST— 2016 P HYLLI S WHEATLEY BO O K AWA RD, HA RLEM BO O K FA I R

“[A] wonderful biography.”

—New York Review of Books

“Provides deft readings of the Harlem Renaissance

“[An] essential guide to understanding U.S. policy in Asia.”

and the transatlantic Caribbean, while bringing Walrond out of the shadows.”

—Times Literary Supplement

—Foreign Affairs

Japan chair at the Center for Strategic and International

Eric Walrond (1898–1966) was a writer, journalist, caustic critic, and fixture of 1920s Harlem. This biography restores Walrond to his proper place as a luminary of the Harlem Renaissance. Incorporating interviews, criticism of Walrond’s fiction and journalism, and a sophisticated account of transnational black cultural formations, James Davis builds an eloquent and absorbing narrative of an overlooked figure.

In a history that spans the eighteenth century to the present, Michael J. Green follows the development of U.S. strategic thinking toward East Asia. He identifies recurring themes in American statecraft from the perspective of history’s major strategists and statesmen, from Thomas Jefferson to Henry Kissinger.

MICHAEL J. GREEN

is senior vice president for Asia and

is a professor in the American Studies

Studies and director of Asian studies at the Edmund A.

JAMES DAVIS

Walsh School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University.

Program and the English Department at Brooklyn College,

He served on the staff of the National Security Council from

where he is also the deputy chair for graduate studies.

2001 through 2005. $26.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-18043-6 J A N U A R Y 760 pages / 6" x 9" / 27 maps and photographs H I S TO R Y

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2017 978-0-231-18042-9 A N A N C Y B E R N KO P F T U C K E R A N D WA R R E N I . CO H E N B O O K

$25.00* / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-15785-8 O C T O B E R 440 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 b&w Illustrations LITERARY STUDIES

O N A M E R I C A N – E A S T A S I A N R E L AT I O N S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-15784-1

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

44 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

With Dogs at the Edge of Life COLIN DAYAN

“Erudite and imaginative.”

—Boston Review

“One of the most memorable books I’ve had the chance to read this year.”

—Inside Higher Ed

In this original and provocative book, Colin Dayan illuminates how dogs— and their struggles—take us beyond sentimentality and into a form of thought that can make a difference to our lives. She makes a powerful case for questioning what we think of as our deepest-held beliefs and, with dogs in the lead, unsettles the dubious promises of liberal humanism. Moving seamlessly among memoir, case law, and film, Dayan takes politics and animal studies in a new direction—one that gives us glimpses of how we can think beyond ourselves and with other beings.

COLIN DAYAN

is Robert Penn Warren Professor of the

Humanities and professor of law at Vanderbilt University.

Her books include The Law Is a White Dog: How Legal Rituals Make and Unmake Persons (2011).

$22.00* / £16.99 paper 978-0-231-16713-0

Altered States

Buddhism and Psychedelic Spirituality in America DOUGLAS OSTO

“Will appeal to anyone interested in Buddhism, psychedelic possibilities, and understanding how both are forging a controversial new American religious experience.”

—Publishers Weekly

In the 1960s, Americans combined psychedelics with Buddhist meditation to achieve direct experience through altered states of consciousness. Altered States combines interviews with well-known figures in American Buddhism and psychedelic spirituality—including Lama Surya Das, Erik Davis, Geoffrey Shugen Arnold Sensei, Rick Strassman, and Charles Tart—and personal stories of everyday practitioners to define a distinctly American religious phenomenon.

DOUGLAS OSTO

is senior lecturer in the philosophy and

Asian studies programs and program coordinator of the Asian studies program in the School of Humanities at Massey University. He is the author of Power, Wealth, and Women in Indian Mahayana Buddhism (2008).

$24.00* / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-17731-3

O C T O B E R 208 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 38 b&w photographs

N O V E M B E R 328 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y / A N I M A L S T U D I E S

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-16712-3

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17730-6

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 45

N E W I N PA P E R

Ballots, Bullets, and Bargains

American Foreign Policy and Presidential Elections

Marching Through Suffering

Loss and Survival in North Korea SANDRA FAHY

MICHAEL H. ARMACOST “Subtly and sensitively . . . examines how people tried “Armacost offers unique and nuanced insights.”

—John Negroponte, former deputy secretary of state

“[A] fascinating study.”

to cope with and make sense of their lives as they ran out of food in a society where words such as famine and starvation were taboo.”

—Times Literary Supplement

—Publishers Weekly

Drawing on twenty-four years of experience in government, Michael H. Armacost explores how the contours of the U.S. presidential-election system influence the content and conduct of American foreign policy. He examines how the nomination battle impels candidates to express deference to the foreign policy DNA of their party and the way reelection campaigns can prod a chief executive to fix long-neglected problems, kick intractable policy dilemmas down the road, or scapegoat others for policies gone awry.

MICHAEL H. ARMACOST

is the Shorenstein Distinguished

Fellow at Stanford University’s Walter H. Shorenstein AsiaPacific Research Center. He served as undersecretary of state for political affairs and as U.S. ambassador to the Philippines and Japan and was president of the Brookings Institution

Marching Through Suffering is a deeply personal portrait of the ravages of famine and totalitarian politics in North Korea since the 1990s. Featuring interviews with more than thirty North Koreans who defected to Seoul and Tokyo, the book explores the subjective experience of the nation’s famine and its citizens’ social and psychological strategies for coping with the regime. These oral testimonies show how North Koreans, from farmers and soldiers to students and diplomats, framed the mounting struggles and deaths surrounding them, showing North Koreans to be a diverse people rather than as a monolithic entity passively enduring oppression.

SANDRA FAHY

is associate professor of anthropology at

Sophia University in Tokyo.

from 1995 to 2002. $27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17135-9 $24.00 / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-16993-6

F E B R U A R Y 272 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9"

ASIAN STUDIES

P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-17134-2

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-16992-9

CO N T E M P O R A RY A S I A I N T H E WO R L D

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

46 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

Culture of Encounters

Sanskrit at the Mughal Court AUDREY TRUSCHKE WI NNER —2 01 7 J OH N F. R I CH A R DS PR I Z E I N S OU T H AS IAN H ISTO RY, A M E R I CA N H I STO R I CA L ASS OC IAT ION

Meat, Vegetarianism, and the Limits of Buddhism in Tibet GEOFFREY BARSTOW “A welcome contribution to the important debate over the relationships between and among

Culture of Encounters documents the fascinating exchange between the Persianspeaking Islamic elite of the Mughal Empire and traditional Sanskrit scholars. The first book to read these Sanskrit and Persian works in tandem, Culture of Encounters recasts the Mughal Empire as a polyglot polity that collaborated with its Indian subjects to envision its sovereignty. The work also reframes the development of Brahman and Jain communities under Mughal rule.

AUDREY TRUSCHKE

Food of Sinful Demons

is assistant professor of history at

Rutgers University–Newark. She is the author of Aurangzeb: The Life and Legacy of India’s Most Controversial King (2017).

vegetarianism, health, and religion.”

—Matthieu Ricard, author of A Plea for the Animals: The Moral, Philosophical, and Evolutionary Imperative to Treat All Beings with Compassion

In this study of the place of vegetarianism within Tibetan religiosity, Geoffrey Barstow explores the tension between Buddhist ethics and Tibetan cultural norms to offer a novel perspective on the spiritual and social dimensions of meat eating. Food of Sinful Demons explores how nonreligious norms and ideals shaped religious beliefs and practices, analyzing debates over meat eating and vegetarianism from the tenth century through the Chinese invasion in the 1950s and the surge in vegetarianism in contemporary Tibet in light of evolving notions of Tibetan identity and resistance.

GEOFFREY BARSTOW

is assistant professor of religious

studies at Oregon State University.

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17997-3 $27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17363-6 F E B R U A R Y 384 pages / 6" x 9" / 10 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y / A S I A N S T U D I E S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17362-9

F E B R U A R Y 312 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w photographs RELIGION / BUDDHISM

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2017 978-0-231-17996-6 S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

S O U T H A S I A AC R O S S T H E D I S C I P L I N E S

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 47

N E W I N PA P E R

Dangerous Trade

The Freedom Schools

JENNIFER L. ERICKSON

JON N. HALE

Arms Exports, Human Rights, and International Reputation

Student Activists in the Mississippi Civil Rights Movement

WINNER —2 01 7 B E ST BO O K AWA R D, FO R E I G N

CO -WI N N ER— 2017 N EW SC HO LA RS BO O K

POL ICY S EC T ION, A M E R I CA N PO L I T I CA L

AWA RD, A MERI CA N EDUCATI O N A L RESEA RC H

SC IENC E ASS OC IAT I O N

ASSO C I ATI O N

Jennifer L. Erickson explores the reasons top arms-exporting democracies have put aside past sovereignty, security, and economic worries in favor of humanitarian armstransfer controls. Using statistical data and interviews conducted in France, Germany, Belgium, the United Kingdom, and the United States, Erickson challenges existing international-relations theories of state behavior while providing insight into the role of reputation as a social mechanism and the importance of government transparency and accountability in generating compliance with new norms and rules.

JENNIFER L. ERICKSON

is associate professor of political

science and international studies at Boston College.

“Leaves the reader with a greater sense of the hopes, desires, and goals of the [Mississippi civil rights] movement.”

—CounterPunch

Created in 1964 as part of the Mississippi Freedom Summer, the Mississippi Freedom Schools were launched by educators and activists to provide an alternative education for African American students that would facilitate activism and participatory democracy. Based on dozens of interviews with former Freedom School students and teachers, this remarkable social history reveals the role that school-age students played in the civil rights movement and the crucial contribution made by grassroots activists.

JON N. HALE

is associate professor of educational history at

the College of Charleston.

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17097-0

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17569-2

S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 illustrations

N O V E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 22 b&w illustrations

POLITICAL SCIENCE

H I S TO R Y / A F R I C A N A M E R I C A N S T U D I E S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2015 978-0-231-17096-3

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17568-5

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

48 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

Carceral Fantasies

Chimeras of Form

Cinema and Prison in Early Twentieth-Century America

Modernist Internationalism Beyond Europe, 1914–2016

ALISON GRIFFITHS

AARTHI VADDE

“A unique and absolutely exciting work!”

W I N N ER— 2018 HA RRY LEVI N P RI Z E, A MERI CA N

—Dana Polan, author of Scenes of Instruction: The Beginnings of the U.S. Study of Film

CO MPA RATI VE LI TERATURE ASSO C I ATI O N

“A supple, incisive, and richly thoughtful book.”

—Jahan Ramazani, author of Poetry and Its Others:

Carceral Fantasies tells the little-known story of how cinema found a home in the U.S. penitentiary system and how the prison emerged as a setting and narrative trope in modern cinema. Focusing on films shown in prisons before 1935, Alison Griffiths explores the unique experience of viewing cinema while incarcerated and the complex cultural roots of cinematic renderings of prison life.

News, Prayer, Song, and the Dialogue of Genres

ate Center. Her Columbia University Press books are Shivers

Aarthi Vadde vividly illustrates how modernist and contemporary writers reimagine the nation and internationalism in a period defined by globalization.

Drawing on her close readings of individual texts and on literary, postcolonial, and cosmopolitical theory, Vadde examines how modernist formal experiments take part in debates about transnational interdependence and social obligation.

Down Your Spine: Cinema, Museums, and the Immersive View

AARTHI VADDE

(2008) and Wondrous Difference: Cinema, Anthropology,

Professor of English at Duke University.

ALISON GRIFFITHS

is professor of film and media studies

at Baruch College and the City University of New York Gradu-

is the Andrew W. Mellon Assistant

and Turn-of-the-Century Visual Culture (2002).

$25.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-16107-7

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-18025-2

J A N U A R Y 472 pages / 7" x 10" / 120 b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

FILM STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-16106-0

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-18024-5

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 49

N E W I N PA P E R

Incomparable Empires

Modernism and the Translation of Spanish and American Literature GAYLE ROGERS “A superlative examination of modernismo’s cultural and literary

Taming the Wild Horse

An Annotated Translation and Study of the Daoist Horse Taming Pictures LOUIS KOMJATHY “Komjathy has uncovered a

Political Responsibility

Responding to Predicaments of Power

ANTONIO Y. VÁZQUEZARROYO “Political Responsibility restores political theory’s promise of

production. . . . Essential.”

previously hidden gem of the

worldly illumination.”

—CHOICE

Daoist contemplative path.”

—Wendy Brown, University of

Following American and Spanish writers, translators, and movements around the Spanish-American War, Gayle Rogers revisits the role of empire in shaping a nation’s literature and culture. He offers a striking account of why foreign literatures mattered so much to two dramatically changing countries at a pivotal moment.

GAYLE ROGERS

is professor of

English at the University of Pittsburgh.

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17857-0

—Harold D. Roth, Brown University

In thirteenth-century China, a Daoist monk named Gao Daokuan (1195-1277) composed a series of illustrated poems and accompanying verse commentary known as the Daoist Horse Taming Pictures. In this annotated translation and study, Louis Komjathy argues that this text offers unique insights into Daoist contemplative practice.

LOUIS KOMJATHY

is associate

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17856-3 M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

All Rights Except Spanish-language Rights:

Antonio Y. Vázquez-Arroyo forcefully argues against the notion that modern predicaments of power can only be addressed ethically or philosophically outside of the political realm. By returning to the political, the individual is reintroduced to participatory democracy and the burdens of acting and thinking as a member of a collective.

ANTONIO Y. VÁZQUEZ-ARROYO

is

professor of Chinese religions and

an assistant professor in the Depart-

comparative religious studies at the

ment of Political Science at Rutgers

University of San Diego.

University-Newark.

$26.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-18127-3

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17485-5

D E C E M B E R 312 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES

California, Berkeley

J A N U A R Y 264 pages / 6" x 9" /

N O V E M B E R 360 pages / 6" x 9"

23 b&w illustrations

P H I LO S O P H Y

RELIGION

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17484-8

Columbia University Press; Spanish-language

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2017 978-0-231-18126-6

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

50 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

N E W I N PA P E R

The Emergence of Iranian Nationalism Race and the Politics of Dislocation

REZA ZIA-EBRAHIMI “Should be read by anyone interested in modern Iranian studies.”

Palestinians in Syria

The End of the West and Other Cautionary Tales

ANAHEED AL-HARDAN

SEAN MEIGHOO

Nakba Memories of Shattered Communities

CO -W I N N E R — 2 016 PA LESTI N E BO O K AWA R DS , ACA DEMI C

theory, politics, and cultural

—CHOICE

to Nakba scholarship.”

Reza Zia-Ebrahimi revisits two Qajar-era intellectuals who founded modern Iranian nationalism. These thinkers advanced an ideology in which pre-Islamic Iran is cast as a golden age, Islam is reinterpreted as an alien religion, and Arabs become implacable others.

Zia-Ebrahimi emphasizes the agency of Iranian intellectuals in impressing Western conceptions of race onto Iranian identity.

—Middle East Eye

REZA ZIA-EBRAHIMI

is senior

London.

is assistant

professor of sociology at the American University of Beirut. $27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17637-8

$27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17577-7 O C T O B E R 312 pages / 6" x 9" S O C I O LO G Y / M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17576-0

All Rights: Columbia University Press

studies.”

—Rinaldo Walcott, author of Black Like Who? Writing Black Canada

One hundred thousand Palestinians fled to Syria upon the establishment of the state of Israel in 1948.

Conducting interviews with first-, second-, and third-generation members of Syria’s Palestinian community, Anaheed Al-Hardan follows the evolution of the Nakba in Arab intellectual discourses, Syria’s politics, and the community’s memorialization.

ANAHEED AL-HARDAN

intervention into the literatures and debates on postcolonial

AWA R D

“An important and timely addition

lecturer in history at King’s College

“An important and crucial

O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" S O C I O LO G Y / M I D D L E E A S T S T U D I E S

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17636-1

All Rights Except Arabic-language Rights:

Sean Meighoo shows that whether the West is hailed as the source of all historical progress or scorned as the root of all cultural imperialism, it remains a deeply problematic concept.

Meighoo poses a formidable question: Can we mount an effective critique of Western ethnocentrism without reinforcing the very idea of the West?

SEAN MEIGHOO

is associate

professor in the Department of Comparative Literature at Emory University. $25.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17673-6 D E C E M B E R 280 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

Columbia University Press; Arabic-language

C L O T H E D I T I O N 2016 978-0-231-17672-9

Rights: The Author

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 51

FILM STUDIES

Cinema/Politics/Philosophy NICO BAUMBACH

A N AUDAC I O US A RGUMEN T REC LA I MI N G FI LM THEO RY A N D I TS P O LI TI CA L P OSSI B I LI TI ES

Almost fifty years ago, Jean-Louis Comolli and Jean Narboni published the manifesto “Cinema/Ideology/ Criticism,” helping to set the agenda for a generation of film theory that used cinema as a means of critiquing capitalist ideology. In recent decades, film studies has moved away from politicized theory, abandoning the productive ways in which theory understands the relationship among cinema, politics, and art. In Cinema/Politics/Philosophy, Nico Baumbach revisits the much-maligned tradition of seventies film theory to reconsider: What does it mean to call cinema political?

“Once again, philosophy knocks at cinema’s door and raises unsettling questions. Through an ideal conversation with Badiou, Rancière, and Agamben, Nico Baumbach retraces and relaunches a crucial debate.”

—Francesco Casetti, Yale University

In this concise and provocative book, Baumbach argues that we need a new philosophical approach that sees cinema as both a mode of thought and a form of politics. Through close readings of the writings on cinema by the contemporary continental philosophers Jacques Rancière, Alain Badiou, and Giorgio Agamben, he asks us to rethink both the legacy of ideology critique and Deleuzian filmphilosophy. He explores how cinema can condition philosophy through its own means, challenging received ideas about what is seeable, sayable, and doable. Cinema/Politics/Philosophy offers fundamental new ways to think about cinema as thought, art, and politics.

NICO BAUMBACH

is assistant professor of film and media studies at

Columbia University.

$28.00 / £22.00 paper 978-0-231-18423-6 $85.00 / £66.00 cloth 978-0-231-18422-9 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54537-2 O C T O B E R 232 pages / 6” x 9” FILM F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

52 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

FILM STUDIES

The Dynamic Frame

Post-Fordist Cinema

Camera Movement in Classical Hollywood

Hollywood Auteurs and the Corporate Counterculture

PATRICK KEATING

JEFF MENNE

“Something no other scholar has done—and I would add probably no other scholar could do so well. The

“Salient and persuasive.”

—Derek Nystrom, McGill University

Dynamic Frame should become a classic in film studies literature.”

—Tom Gunning, University of Chicago

The camera’s movement in a film may seem straightforward or merely technical.

The Dynamic Frame offers an innovative history of the aesthetics of the camera that examines how camera movement shaped the classical Hollywood style. In careful readings of dozens of films, Patrick Keating explores how major figures like F. W. Murnau, Orson Welles, and Alfred Hitchcock used camera movement to enrich their stories and deepen their themes.

PATRICK KEATING

is associate professor of communication

at Trinity University, where he teaches courses in film and video production. He is the author of Hollywood Lighting from the Silent Era to Film Noir (Columbia, 2010).

The New Hollywood boom of the late 1960s and 1970s is celebrated as a time when maverick directors such as Robert Altman and Francis Ford Coppola bucked the system. Jeff Menne rewrites the history of this period, arguing that auteur theory served to reconcile directors to Hollywood’s corporate project. He traces the surprising affinities between auteur theory and the thought of management gurus such as Peter Drucker. In founding production companies, New Hollywood filmmakers took part in the creation of new corporate models that emphasized entrepreneurial creativity. An ambitious rethinking of New Hollywood, Post-Fordist Cinema sheds new light on the cultural myth of the great director and the birth of the “creative economy.”

JEFF MENNE

is associate professor and program director of

screen studies at Oklahoma State University. He is the author of Francis Ford Coppola (2015). $35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-19051-0 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-19050-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54895-3

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18371-0 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18370-3 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54508-2

F E B R U A R Y 388 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 110 b&w illustrations

F E B R U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9"

FILM

FILM

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

F I L M A N D C U LT U R E S E R I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 53

LITERARY STUDIES

Indigenous Vanguards

Intransitive Encounter

Education, National Liberation, and the Limits of Modernism

Sino-U.S. Literatures and the Limits of Exchange

BEN CONISBEE BAER

NAN Z. DA

Ben Conisbee Baer provides a theoretical and historical account of the relationships among modern literature, representations of indigeneity by cultural vanguards, and practices of teaching and learning in colonial zones from the 1920s to the 1940s. The first study of modernism and colonialism that encompasses the central place of teaching and learning both in modernist aesthetics and on the part of writer-activists, Indigenous Vanguards forges new links between literary modernism and postcolonialism in a transnational, multilingual frame.

BEN CONISBEE BAER

is associate professor of comparative

literature at Princeton University. He translated and introduced Tarashankar Bandyopadhyay’s The Tale of Hansuli Turn (Columbia, 2011).

“Da makes a unique contribution to transpacific literary studies and suggests a new approach to transnationalism that is theoretically sophisticated, historically revisionist, and potentially paradigm changing. Intransitive Encounters is a work of great originality, imagination, and erudition.”

—Yunte Huang, University of California, Santa Barbara

Nan Z. Da offers an in-depth study of nineteenth-century Sino-U.S. literary and textual interactions that highlights their lack of interpollination. She re-creates a transpacific world through original readings spanning American poetry, fiction, and transcendental ethics to late-Qing political thought, Asian American allegories of reading, and Chinese social theories of the book.

Intransitive Encounter is an unconventional and theoretically rich reflection on how we ought to interpret global interactions and imaginings that do not fit the patterns proclaimed by contemporary postcolonial and literary studies.

NAN Z. DA

is an assistant professor of English at the

University of Notre Dame. $65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-16372-9 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54896-0 J A N U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9"

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18802-9 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54762-8

LITERARY STUDIES

D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 6 b&w illustrations

M O D E R N I S T L AT I T U D E S

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

54 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

LITERARY STUDIES

Staged

Show Trials, Political Theater, and the Aesthetics of Judgment

Afro-Dog

Blackness and the Animal Question BÉNÉDICTE BOISSERON

MINOU ARJOMAND “Afro-Dog is a timely effort to tackle the “In crystal-clear prose, Staged examines the unique

fraught relations between posthumanism and

relation between political thought and theater in

postcolonialism and between animal studies and

German and German-American theater from the

African American Studies. Boisseron’s readings follow

1920s to the 1970s.”

a historical trail of dogs from the middle passage

—Martin Puchner, Byron and Anita Wien Professor of Drama and of English and Comparative Literature, Harvard University

to the Ferguson unrest in order to theorize a legacy of connections between racism and speciesism, but without posing a false analogy between the two.”

—Kari Weil, author of Thinking Animals

After the Second World War, canonical directors and playwrights sought to claim a new public role for theater by restaging the era’s great trials as shows. Minou Arjomand draws on a rich archive of postwar German and American performance to reveal how theater can become a place for forms of storytelling and judgment that are inadmissible in a court of law but indispensable for public life. She unveils the affinities between dramatists like Bertolt Brecht and philosophers such as Hannah Arendt, weaving together theater history and political philosophy into a timely case for the importance of theaters as public institutions.

MINOU ARJOMAND

Bénédicte Boisseron investigates the relationship between race and the animal in the history and culture of the Americas and the black Atlantic, exposing a hegemonic system that compulsively links and opposes blackness and animality. She analyzes the association between black civil disobedience and canine repression, opening new possibilities for animal studies and black studies to think side by side.

BÉNÉDICTE BOISSERON

is associate professor of Afro-

american and African studies at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. She is the author of Creole Renegades: Rhetoric of Betrayal and Guilt in the Caribbean Diaspora (2014).

is an assistant professor of English at

the University of Texas at Austin.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18488-5 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54573-0

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18665-0 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18664-3 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54674-4

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 21 b&w illustrations

A U G U S T 288 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S / P H I LO S O P H Y

ANIMAL STUDIES / AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 55

ASIAN STUDIES

Unbinding “The Pillow Book”

The Many Lives of a Japanese Classic GERGANA IVANOVA

Fixing Landscape

A Techno-Poetic History of China’s Three Gorges COREY BYRNES

“A fascinating exploration of the reception, reproduction, and reimagination of Sei Shōnagon’s

“Fixing Landscape gives valuable new perspectives

Pillow Book over time.”

on the Three Gorges and far beyond, helping

—Keller Kimbrough, University of Colorado, Boulder

specialists and nonspecialists alike understand better how and why the Chinese have manipulated their

An eleventh-century classic, The Pillow Book of Sei Shōnagon is one of the most important works in the Japanese canon. Gergana Ivanova examines how and why The Pillow Book and its author have been read from the seventeenth century to the present, showing how various ideologies have influenced the text and shaped interactions among its different versions. The first book-length study in English of the reception history of Sei Shōnagon, Unbinding “The Pillow Book” sheds new light on the construction of gender and sexuality, how women’s writing has been used to create readerships, and why ancient texts continue to play vibrant roles in contemporary cultural production.

GERGANA IVANOVA

is assistant professor of Japanese

literature and culture at the University of Cincinnati.

environments so dramatically.”

—Karen Thornber, Harvard University

Fixing Landscape reconsiders China’s Three Gorges Dam in relation to the aesthetic history of the Gorges region over more than two millennia. Corey Byrnes uncovers its unexpected connections to the cultural traditions it seems to sever, offering radically new ways of thinking about cultural and spatial production in contemporary China.

He shows that premodern poetry and visual art have something urgent to tell us about a socialist experiment. Poems and paintings may not build dams, but Byrnes argues that the Three Gorges Dam would not exist as we know it without them.

COREY BYRNES

is assistant professor of Chinese culture at

Northwestern University.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18806-7 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54712-3 $65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18798-5 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54760-4 N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 6" x 9" / 28 b&w illustrations

D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 21 color and 84 b&w illustrations A S I A N S T U D I E S / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

LITERARY STUDIES

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

56 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

ASIAN STUDIES

Electrified Voices

How the Telephone, Phonograph, and Radio Shaped Modern Japan, 1868–1945 KERIM YASAR

Raising China’s Revolutionaries

Modernizing Childhood for Cosmopolitan Nationalists and Liberated Comrades, 1920s-1950s MARGARET MIH TILLMAN

“An innovative, pathbreaking study of sound culture, media, and technology in modern Japan.”

“An excellent book that promises to intervene

—Seiji Lippit, University of California, Los Angeles

with great impact in a number of different

Long before karaoke’s ubiquity and the rise of global brands such as Sony, Japan was a place where new audio technologies found eager users and contributed to new cultural forms. Kerim Yasar traces the origins of the modern soundscape, showing how the revolutionary nature of sound technology and the rise of a new auditory culture played an essential role in the formation of Japanese modernity. A far-reaching cultural history of the telegraph, telephone, phonograph, radio, and early sound film in Japan, Electrified Voices offers a major contribution to sound studies and global media history.

global history more broadly.”

historiographical debates in the China field and

KERIM YASAR

is assistant professor of East Asian languages

—Robert Culp, Bard College

Margaret Mih Tillman offers a novel perspective on the political and scientific dimensions of experiments with earlychildhood education from the early Republican period through the first decade of the People’s Republic. Raising China’s Revolutionaries is an important work of institutional and transnational history that illuminates the evolution of modern concepts of childhood in China.

MARGARET MIH TILLMAN

is assistant professor of history

at Purdue University.

and cultures at the University of Southern California.

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18713-8 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18712-1 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54702-4

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18558-5 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54622-5

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 10 b&w illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 6 b&w illustrations

ASIAN STUDIES / MEDIA STUDIES

H I S TO R Y

S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 57

ASIAN STUDIES

A Misunderstood Friendship

Heroes and Toilers

Mao Zedong, Kim Il-sung, and Sino– North Korean Relations, 1949–1976

Work as Life in Postwar North Korea, 1953–1961

ZHIHUA SHEN AND YAFENG XIA

CHEEHYUNG HARRISON KIM

“Using a host of new Chinese materials,

“North Korea really comes alive in this book, as a

A Misunderstood Friendship reveals fascinating

place inhabited by real human beings with the same

new details about both Chinese and North Korean

problems we all have—a rare achievement in the

policy. It will be a must-read for all who are

literature. Heroes and Toilers is by far the best book

interested in the Cold War in East Asia.”

to appear on North Korea recently and is one of the

—Gregg Brazinsky, George Washington University

best books ever written on contemporary Korea.”

Zhihua Shen and Yafeng Xia offer a unique account of the China–North Korea relationship. Based on unprecedented access to Chinese government documents and in-depth interviews with former Chinese diplomats and North Korean defectors, A Misunderstood Friendship reveals that the tensions that currently plague the alliance have been present from the very beginning.

ZHIHUA SHEN

is the director of the Center for Cold War

International History Studies at East China Normal University.

The author of a number of major Chinese-language works, he is also the coauthor, with Yafeng Xia, of Mao and the SinoSoviet Partnership, 1945–1959: A New History (2015).

YAFENG XIA

is professor of history at Long Island University,

Brooklyn. His books include Negotiating with the Enemy:

—Bruce Cumings, University of Chicago

Heroes and Toilers offers an unprecedented account of life and labor in postwar North Korea that looks at both governance and popular resistance. Cheehyung Harrison Kim traces the state’s pursuit of progress through industrialism and examines how ordinary people challenged the state every step of the way. More than coercion or violence, he argues, work was crucial to state control. Heroes and Toilers offers a groundbreaking new answer to the fundamental question of North Korea’s historical development.

CHEEHYUNG HARRISON KIM

is assistant professor of

history at the University of Hawaii at Mānoa.

U.S.-China Talks During the Cold War, 1949–1972 (2006). $65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18826-5 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54774-1

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18530-1 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54609-6

S E P T E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 27 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y

S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

S T U D I E S O F T H E W E AT H E R H E A D E A S T A S I A N I N S T I T U T E ,

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

58 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

ASIAN STUDIES

A Śabda Reader

How to Read a Japanese Poem

JOHANNES BRONKHORST, TRANSLATOR

“This book is a masterful tour of Japanese poetry

Language in Classical Indian Thought AND EDITOR

STEVEN D. CARTER

from the earliest times to the late nineteenth century.

The range of knowledge is astonishing, and there

Language (śabda) occupied a central yet often unacknowledged place in classical Indian philosophical thought. Foundational thinkers considered topics such as the nature of language, its relationship to reality, the nature and existence of linguistic units and their capacity to convey meaning, and the role of language in the interpretation of sacred writings. The first reader on language in—and the language of—classical Indian philosophy, A Śabda Reader brings together newly translated passages by authors from a variety of traditions—Brahmin, Buddhist, Jaina—representing a number of schools of thought. It offers a comprehensive and pedagogically valuable treatment of this topic and its importance to Indian philosophical thought.

JOHANNES BRONKHORST

is professor emeritus of Sanskrit

and Indian studies at the University of Lausanne. He is the author of a number of books, including Buddhist Teaching in India (2009) and How the Brahmins Won: From Alexander to

are very few people—perhaps no one—who could attempt this kind of book except for the author.”

—Torquil Duthie, University of California, Los Angeles

How to Read a Japanese Poem offers a comprehensive approach to making sense of traditional Japanese poetry of all genres and periods. Steven D. Carter explains to Anglophone students the methods of composition and literary interpretation used by Japanese poets, scholars, and critics from ancient times to the present and adds commentary that will assist the modern reader. The book presents readings of poems by major figures such as Saigyō and Bashō as well as lesser-known poets.

STEVEN D. CARTER

is Yamato Ichihashi Chair in Japanese

History and Civilization, emeritus, at Stanford University. His Columbia University Press books include Haiku Before Haiku: From the Renga Masters to Bashō (2011) and The Columbia Anthology of Japanese Essays: Zuihitsu from the Tenth to the Twenty-First Century (2014).

the Guptas (2016).

$80.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-18940-8 $79.99 / £62.00 e-book 978-0-231-54831-1 F E B R U A R Y 384 pages / 7" x 10"

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18683-4 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18682-7 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54685-0

SOUTH ASIAN STUDIES

J A N U A R Y 272 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

H I S TO R I C A L S O U R C E B O O K S I N C L A S S I C A L I N D I A N T H O U G H T

LITERARY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 59

RELIGION / POLITICS

Forms of Pluralism and Democratic Constitutionalism

ANDREW ARATO, JEAN L. COHEN, AND

The Holocaust and the Nakba

A New Grammar of Trauma and History BASHIR BASHIR AND AMOS GOLDBERG,

ASTRID VON BUSEKIST, EDITORS

EDITORS

“An extraordinary book that is fundamental reading

Foreword by Elias Khoury

for current debates in political theory, law, sociology, and political philosophy.”

—David M. Rasmussen, Boston College

Afterword by Jacqueline Rose “An original and timely volume that provides us with new modes of thinking needed for transcending

In this interdisciplinary volume, a group of prominent international scholars considers alternative political formations to the nation-state and their ability to preserve and expand the achievements of democratic constitutionalism in the twenty-first century.

The book considers four different principles of organization, contrasts them with the unitary and centralized nation-state, and inquires into their capacity to deal with deep societal differences.

ANDREW ARATO

is the Dorothy Hart Hirshon Professor of

Political and Social Theory at the New School.

JEAN L. COHEN

is the Nell and Herbert M. Singer Professor

of Contemporary Civilization and Political Theory at Columbia University.

ASTRID VON BUSEKIST

is professor of political science at

Sciences Po, Paris.

the ongoing political impasse and building a true historical reconciliation in Israel/Palestine.”

—Leila Farsakh, University of Massachusetts Boston

In this groundbreaking book, leading Arab and Jewish intellectuals examine how and why the Holocaust and the Nakba are interlinked without blurring fundamental differences between them. The Holocaust and the Nakba is the first extended and collective scholarly treatment in English of these two constitutive traumas together.

BASHIR BASHIR

is a senior lecturer in the Department of

Sociology, Political Science, and Communication at the Open University of Israel and a senior research fellow at the Van Leer Jerusalem Institute.

AMOS GOLDBERG

is a senior lecturer in and chair of the

Department of Jewish History and Contemporary Jewry at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18703-9 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18702-2 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54695-9

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-18297-3 $120.00 / £93.00 cloth 978-0-231-18296-6 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54448-1

S E P T E M B E R 352 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

O C T O B E R 400 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 33 b&w illustrations

POLITICS

P O L I T I C S / H O LO C A U S T S T U D I E S

R E L I G I O N , C U LT U R E , A N D P U B L I C L I F E

R E L I G I O N , C U LT U R E , A N D P U B L I C L I F E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

60 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

RELIGION

Excessive Saints

Gender, Narrative, and Theological Invention in Thomas of Cantimpré’s Mystical Hagiographies

The Buddha’s Wizards

Magic, Protection, and Healing in Burmese Buddhism THOMAS NATHAN PATTON

RACHEL J. D. SMITH “The prose sparkles. Patton puts the voices of actual “Unfailingly compelling. In the process we are asked

Burmese weizza and practitioners (both female and

to consider the role of body and gender, of belief

male) first and foremost.”

and unbelief as they operate in the thirteenth century

—Justin Thomas McDaniel, author of The Lovelorn Ghost

and, by extension, our own.”

—Robert Sweetman, H. Evan Runner Chair in the History of Philosophy, Institute for Christian Studies

For the thirteenth-century preacher, exorcist, and hagiographer Thomas of Cantimpré, the Southern Low Countries were a harbinger of the New Jerusalem, filled with new kinds of saints. Rachel J. D. Smith combines historical, literary, and theological approaches to offer a new interpretation of Thomas’s hagiographies. Smith examines how these texts represent the lives and bodies of holy women to render them desirable objects of devotion for readers and how Thomas works through his uncertainties about the opportunities and dangers that these emerging forms of holiness present.

RACHEL J. D. SMITH

is assistant professor of theology and

religious studies at Villanova University.

and the Magical Monk

Wizards with magical powers to heal the sick, possess the bodies of their followers, and defend their tradition against outside threats are far from the typical picture of Buddhism. Yet belief in wizard-saints who protect their devotees and intervene in the world is widespread among Burmese Buddhists. The Buddha’s Wizards is a historically informed, ethnographic study that explores the persistence of wizardry as a form of lived religion in the modern era.

Thomas Nathan Patton explains the world of wizards, spells, and supernatural powers in terms of both the broader social, political, and religious context and the intimate roles that wizards play in people’s everyday lives.

THOMAS NATHAN PATTON

is assistant professor of

Buddhist and Southeast Asian studies at the City University of Hong Kong.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18860-9 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54793-2 D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9"

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18760-2 $59.99 / £47.00 e-book 978-0-231-54737-6

RELIGION

O C T O B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 33 b&w illustrations

G E N D E R , T H E O RY, A N D R E L I G I O N

RELIGION / BUDDHISM

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 61

HISTORY

Transatlantic Speculations

Race Capital?

Globalization and the Panics of 1873

Harlem as Setting and Symbol

HANNAH CATHERINE DAVIES

ANDREW M. FEARNLEY AND DANIEL MATLIN, EDITORS

“Bringing economic history and cultural history into the same frame, Davies makes a compelling case for the wider significance of the panic of 1873 in the

“A marvelous collection of scholars from across disciplines offer an unparalleled understanding of the

development of a global consciousness of finance.”

importance—real, symbolic, or imagined—of Harlem

—Peter Knight, University of Manchester

to African American and black diasporic cultures.”

Hannah Catherine Davies offers a new lens on nineteenth-century globalization by exploring the ways in which contemporaries experienced a tumultuous period that profoundly challenged notions of economic and moral order. Considering the crises of 1873 from the vantage points of Berlin, New York, and Vienna, Davies maps what she calls the dual “transatlantic speculations” of the 1870s: the financial speculation that led to these panics as well as the interpretative speculations that sprouted in their wake.

Davies goes beyond national frames of analysis to explore international economic entanglement, using the panics’ interconnectedness to shed light on contemporary notions of the world economy.

HANNAH CATHERINE DAVIES

is assistant professor of

modern history at FernUniversität in Hagen.

—George Hutchinson, Cornell University

For close to a century, Harlem has been the iconic black neighborhood. As debate swirls around Harlem’s present and future, Race Capital? explores how and why it achieved its distinctiveness and significance. Leading scholars consider crucial aspects of Harlem’s social, political, and intellectual history; its artistic, cultural, and economic life; and its representation across an array of media and genres. Ranging from the Harlem Renaissance to present-day controversies over gentrification, Race Capital? models a new Harlem scholarship that interrogates exceptionalism.

ANDREW M. FEARNLEY

is lecturer in twentieth-century

American history at the University of Manchester.

DANIEL MATLIN

is senior lecturer in the history of the

United States of America since 1865 at King’s College London.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18556-1 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54621-8

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18322-2 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54480-1

O C T O B E R 240 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

N O V E M B E R 304 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 15 b&w illustrations

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y / A F R I C A N A M E R I C A N S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

62 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

HISTORY

All the Nations Under Heaven Immigrants, Migrants, and the Making of New York

Revised edition

FREDERICK BINDER, DAVID REIMERS, AND ROBERT W. SNYDER “An excellent work of synthesis, helping us to see

The Postwar Origins of the Global Environment How the United Nations Built Spaceship Earth PERRIN SELCER “Impressively researched, The Postwar Origins of the Global Evironment is highly original. An

familiar history in a new and instructive way, as well

authoritative study.”

as a joy to read. ”

—Alison Bashford, author of Global Population: History, Geopolitics, and Life on Earth

—Newsday

All the Nations Under Heaven has earned a wide readership for its unparalleled chronicle of the role of immigrants and migrants in shaping the history and culture of New York City. This updated edition brings the story up to the present with vital new material on the city’s revival and its deeply rooted racial and economic inequalities.

FREDERICK BINDER

(1931–2016) was professor of history

at the City University of New York. His works include The Way We Lived: Essays and Documents in American Social History (1988). DAVID M. REIMERS is professor emeritus of history at New York University. His Columbia University Press books include Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration (fifth edition, 2009). ROBERT W. SNYDER is professor of journalism and American studies at Rutgers University– Newark. His books include Crossing Broadway: Washington

Perrin Selcer tells the story of how the United Nations built the international knowledge infrastructure that made the global-scale environment visible. He traces how experts affiliated with UN agencies helped make the “global”—as in global population, global climate, and global economy—an object in need of governance.

A major contribution to global history, environmental history, and the history of development, this book relocates the origins of planetary environmentalism in the postwar politics of scale.

PERRIN SELCER

is an assistant professor in the History

Department and Program in the Environment at the University of Michigan.

Heights and the Promise of New York City (2014).

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18985-9 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18984-2 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54858-8 D E C E M B E R 384 pages / 6" x 9"

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-16648-5 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54823-6 A U G U S T 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 12 b&w illustrations H I S TO R Y CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N I N T E R N AT I O N A L A N D

H I S TO R Y / N E W YO R K

G LO B A L H I S TO RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 63

HISTORY

The Empires of the Near East and India

What China and India Once Were

HANI KHAFIPOUR, EDITOR

SHELDON POLLOCK AND

Source Studies of the Safavid, Ottoman, and Mughal Literate Communities

The Pasts That May Shape the Global Future BENJAMIN ELMAN, EDITORS

“The Empires of the Near East and Asia will prove a valuable resource for those of us who teach any or all

“An admirably far-ranging effort to compare the

of these imperial histories.”

thought, political creativity, and institutions and

—Michael Talbot, University of Greenwich

social practices of these two great civilizations,

This volume is a comprehensive sourcebook of newly translated texts from the Safavid, Ottoman, and Mughal empires of the fifteenth through eighteenth centuries, accompanied by scholarly essays, that aims to provide a new model for the study and teaching of the early-modern history of the Near East and India. With a wide range of source material spanning literature, philosophy, religion, politics, and visual art, the volume sheds light on the many dimensions of the intertwined histories of these interconnected literate communities engaged in the religious, political, and cultural debates of their time.

This insightful book could not be more timely.”

which are now reentering the ranks of global powers.

HANI KHAFIPOUR

is assistant professor of teaching Iranian

history and culture at the University of Southern California— Los Angeles.

—Alexander Woodside, University of British Columbia

This book seeks to understand modern China and India through an unprecedented comparative analysis of their long histories.

Using new sources, making new connections, and reexamining old assumptions, noted scholars of China and India pair up in each chapter to tackle major questions by combining their expertise.

BENJAMIN ELMAN

is Gordon Wu ‘58 Professor of Chinese

Studies and professor of East Asian studies and history at Princeton University. His books include Civil Examinations and Meritocracy in Late Imperial China (2013).

SHELDON POLLOCK

is the Arvind Raghunathan Professor

of South Asian Studies at Columbia University. His many publications include World Philology (2015), and he is founding general editor of the Murty Classical Library of India.

$50.00 / £40.00 paper 978-0-231-17437-4 $150.00 / £116.00 cloth 978-0-231-17436-7 $49.99 / £40.00 e-book 978-0-231-54784-0

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18471-7 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18470-0 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54562-4

J A N U A R Y 672 pages / 7" x 10"

S E P T E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 15 illustrations

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

64 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

POLITICS

Targeting Top Terrorists

Triadic Coercion

BRYAN C. PRICE

WENDY PEARLMAN AND BOAZ ATZILI

Understanding Leadership Removal in Counterterrorism Strategy

“This book is a must-read for both scholars and

Israel’s Targeting of States That Host Nonstate Actors

“Triadic Coercion will serve as a milestone in

policy makers.”

international relations theory and especially in

—Boaz Ganor, dean of the Lauder School of Government

the realms of deterrence and coercion theories.”

and Diplomacy, the Interdisciplinary Center, Herzliya

Since 9/11, killing and capturing terrorist leaders, or leadership decapitation, has been a central element in U.S. counterterrorism strategy. In Targeting Top Terrorists, Bryan C. Price offers a rich, data-driven examination of leadership-decapitation tactics, providing theoretical and empirical explanations of the conditions under which they can be successful. Analyzing hundreds of cases of leadership turnover from over two hundred terrorist groups, Price demonstrates that although the tactic may result in short-term negative side effects, the loss of top leaders significantly reduces terror groups’ life spans.

BRYAN C. PRICE

is the director of the Combating Terrorism

—Ami Pedahzur, University of Texas at Austin

In the post–Cold War era, states increasingly find themselves in conflicts with nonstate actors. Finding it difficult to fight these challenging opponents directly, many governments instead target states that harbor or aid nonstate actors, using threats and punishment to coerce host states into stopping those groups. Wendy Pearlman and Boaz Atzili investigate this strategy, which they term triadic coercion. They explain why states pursue triadic coercion, evaluate the conditions under which it succeeds, and demonstrate their arguments across seventy years of Israeli history.

WENDY PEARLMAN

is Martin and Patricia Koldyke

Center and associate professor in the Department of Social

Outstanding Teaching Associate Professor of Political

Sciences at West Point. Price served as an Apache attack he-

Science at Northwestern University.

licopter pilot, including deployments to Iraq and Afghanistan.

BOAZ ATZILI

is associate professor in the School of

International Service, American University. $30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18823-4 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18822-7 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54772-7

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-17184-7 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54854-0

D E C E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9" / 13 b&w illustrations

SECURITY STUDIES

SECURITY STUDIES

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T E R R O R I S M A N D

CO L U M B I A S T U D I E S I N T E R R O R I S M A N D

I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E

I R R E G U L A R WA R FA R E

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 65

POLITICS

Media Persuasion in the Islamic State NEIL KRISHAN AGGARWAL

“Aggarwal brings a unique perspective to the area and an expertise that allows him to understand and

Negotiating Governance on Non-Traditional Security in Southeast Asia and Beyond MELY CABALLERO-ANTHONY

“Specialists have long known of the importance of

investigate the role that the materials play in a more

non-traditional security issues in the region and

nuanced and theoretical manner.”

the leading role of nonstate actors in dealing with

—John Voll, Georgetown University

them. Now they have a single-authored assessment providing thorough and lucid treatment of the

Drawing upon cultural psychiatry, cultural psychology, and psychiatric anthropology, Neil Krishan Aggarwal investigates how the Islamic State has convinced people to engage in violence. Through analysis of hundreds of articles, speeches, videos, songs, and bureaucratic documents in English and Arabic, the book offers a definitive analysis of how culture is created, debated, and disseminated within militant organizations.

NEIL KRISHAN AGGARWAL

is an assistant professor

of clinical psychiatry at Columbia University, a cultural psychiatrist in private practice, and a research psychiatrist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute. He is also the author

subject.”

—Robert Sutter, George Washington University

Mely Caballero-Anthony examines how new kinds of security challenges have changed state behavior and security practices in Southeast Asia and the wider East Asia region. She explains how and why nonstate actors have become crucial across multiple levels—local, national, and regional—and how they are challenging regional norms and reshaping security governance.

MELY CABALLERO-ANTHONY

is associate professor and

head of the Centre for Non-Traditional Security Studies at

of the Columbia University Press books Mental Health in the

the S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, Nanyang

War on Terror: Culture, Science, and Statecraft (2015) and

Technological University, Singapore. She is also secretary

The Taliban’s Virtual Emirate: The Culture and Psychology of

general of the Consortium of Non-Traditional Security

an Online Militant Community (2016).

Studies in Asia. Her many publications include An Introduction to Non-Traditional Security Studies (2016).

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18238-6 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54412-2

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18299-7 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18300-0 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54449-8

J A N U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 57 figures

D E C E M B E R 320 pages / 6" x 9" / 17 b&w illustrations

SECURITY STUDIES / MEDIA STUDIES

SECURITY STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

66 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

POLITICS

Changing Cultures in Congress

From Fair Play to Power Plays

DONALD R. WOLFENSBERGER

Blaming Immigrants

Nationalism and the Economics of Global Movement NEERAJ KAUSHAL

“Wolfensberger combines a practitioner’s eye and feel for Capitol Hill dynamics with an appreciation for

“This is an exciting and innovative book. Kaushal has

broader analytical themes of interest to legislative

an important, well-argued message, supported by

and other American politics scholars. This book

convincing evidence.”

draws appropriately from historical cases and contemporary politics to make plain the long roots of today’s dysfunction on Capitol Hill.”

—Sarah Binder, George Washington University and the Brookings Institution

Changing Cultures in Congress explains the institutional dynamics behind Congress’s devolution to a body plagued by a win-atany-cost mentality and a culture of perpetual campaigning. Donald R. Wolfensberger explores the causes of legislative standstill and the methods used by majorities and minorities that have led to today’s policy paralysis.

DONALD R. WOLFENSBERGER , a fellow at the Woodrow

Wilson International Center for Scholars and the Bipartisan Policy Center, is the author of Congress and the People: Deliberative Democracy on Trial (2000). He was a staff member in the U.S. House of Representatives for twenty-eight years, including as staff director of the House Rules Committee.

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-19015-2 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-19014-5 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54874-8 O C T O B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

—Cordelia Reimers, Hunter College

Immigration is shaking up electoral politics around the world. In Blaming Immigrants, the economist Neeraj Kaushal investigates the rising anxiety in host countries and tests common complaints against immigration.

Do immigrants replace host-country workers or create new jobs? Are they a net gain or a net drag on host countries? She finds that immigration, on balance, is beneficial to host countries. It is neither the volume nor pace of immigration but the willingness of nations to accept, absorb, and manage new flows of immigration that is fueling disaffection.

NEERAJ KAUSHAL

is professor of social policy and chair of

the doctoral program at the Columbia University School of Social Work. She is also a research associate at the National Bureau of Economic Research and a research fellow at the Institute for the Study of Labor in Bonn, Germany.

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18145-7 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18144-0 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54360-6

POLITICAL SCIENCE

D E C E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9" / 14 illustrations

WO O D R OW W I L S O N C E N T E R P R E S S S E R I E S

POLITICAL SCIENCE

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 67

PHILOSOPHY

Where Are the Women?

Why Expanding the Archive Makes Philosophy Better SARAH TYSON

Philosophy has not just excluded women. It has also been shaped by the exclusion of women. As the field grapples with the reality that sexism is a central problem not just for the demographics of the field but also for how philosophy is practiced, many philosophers have begun to rethink the canon. Yet attempts to broaden European and Anglophone philosophy to include more women in the discipline’s history or to acknowledge alternative traditions will not suffice as long as exclusionary norms remain in place.

“In Where Are the Women? Sarah Tyson engages with the question of how we can bring historical women philosophers and their work to our philosophical attention, arguing that we need to revise our philosophical methodology and transform philosophical history in order to do so. Her use of Irigaray and Le Doeuff is original, and the discussion of Diotima also makes for interesting reading.”

—Catherine Villanueva Gardner, author of Rediscovering Women Philosophers: Philosophical Genre and the Boundaries of Philosophy

In Where Are the Women? Sarah Tyson makes a powerful case for how redressing women’s exclusion can make philosophy better. She argues that engagements with historical thinkers typically afforded little authority can transform the field, outlining strategies based on the work of three influential theorists: Genevieve Lloyd, Luce Irigaray, and Michèle Le Doeuff. Following from the possibilities they open up, at once literary, linguistic, psychological, and political, Tyson reclaims two passionate nineteenth-century texts—the Declaration of Sentiments from the 1848 Seneca Falls Convention and Sojourner Truth’s speech at the 1851 Akron, Ohio, Women’s Convention—showing how the demands for equality, rights, and recognition sought in the early women’s movement still pose quandaries for contemporary philosophy, feminism, and politics.

Where Are the Women? challenges us to confront the reality that women’s exclusion from philosophy has been an ongoing project and to become more critical both of how we see existing injustices and of how we address them.

SARAH TYSON

is assistant professor of philoso-

phy and affiliated faculty of women and gender $30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18397-0 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18396-3 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54525-9 O C T O B E R 304 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

All Rights: Columbia University Press

68 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

studies at the University of Colorado Denver. She was coeditor of Philosophy Imprisoned: The Love of Wisdom in the Age of Mass Incarceration (with Joshua M. Hall, 2014).

PHILOSOPHY

Political Theology of the Earth

Our Planetary Emergency and the Struggle for a New Public

Political Categories

Thinking Beyond Concepts MICHAEL MARDER

CATHERINE KELLER “Political Categories is much more than a book “In Political Theology of the Earth, Catherine Keller,

about politics. It takes a step back and looks at the

one of the most brilliant and creative theologians

conceptual apparatus we rely on when we talk about

alive, integrates the important discourses of political

politics and engage in it. As such, it is indispensable

theology with the critical ecological situation of the

for everyone who is not only politically active but

planet. This is one of the most important works I

also wants to know what they are doing when they

have read.”

are politically active.”

—Clayton Crockett, author of Radical Political Theology

—Slavoj Žižek, author of Disparities and The Incontinence of the Void

The noted ecotheologian and feminist philosopher of religion Catherine Keller calls for dissolving the opposition between the religious and the secular in favor of a broad planetary movement for social and ecological justice. A political theology of the earth activates the world’s entangled populations, joined in solidarity and committed to revolutionary solutions to the entwined crises of the Anthropocene.

CATHERINE KELLER

is professor of constructive theology

at the Theological School of Drew University. Her books

Western thought has been dominated by the concept or the idea—the belief that there is one singular principle that can make reality explicable. In this groundbreaking work, Michael Marder proposes a new methodology for political science and philosophy, one that he terms “categorial thinking.” Under this lens, the political appears not as a singular concept but as a family of categories, allowing room for new, plural, and often antagonistic ideas.

include Cloud of the Impossible: Negative Theology and

MICHAEL MARDER

Planetary Entanglement (Columbia, 2014).

in the Department of Philosophy at the University of the

is IKERBASQUE Research Professor

Basque Country (UPV/EHU), Spain, and professor at large in the Humanities Institute at Diego Portales University (UDP), $27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-18991-0 $80.00 / £62.00 cloth 978-0-231-18990-3 $26.99 / £21.00 e-book 978-0-231-54861-8 O C T O B E R 224 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y / R E L I G I O N INSURRECTIONS: CRITICAL STUDIES IN RELIGION, POLITICS,

Chile. His most recent book is Energy Dreams: Of Actuality (Columbia, 2017). $30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18869-2 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18868-5 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54798-7 N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

A N D C U LT U R E

P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 69

PHILOSOPHY

Naming Violence

Queer Terror

A Critical Theory of Genocide, Torture, and Terrorism

Life, Death, and Desire in the Settler Colony

MATHIAS THALER

C. HEIKE SCHOTTEN

“This book makes both a strong contribution to the

“Queer Terror is extremely well argued and well

literature within political theory on political violence

written, defending an original and distinctive

and a broader contribution to metatheoretical

position that will be of interest to a wide range of

debates about how to do political theory.”

radical scholars. The juxtaposition of political theory,

—Kimberly Hutchings, author of International Political

queer theory, and decolonial theory is something

Theory: Rethinking Ethics in a Global Era

Mathias Thaler articulates a novel perspective on the study of violence that demonstrates why the imagination matters for political theory. He argues that political theory ought to question whether our existing vocabulary enables us to properly identify, understand, and respond to violence.

He explores how narrative art, thought experiments, and historical events can challenge and enlarge our existing ways of thinking about violence. Naming Violence demonstrates the importance of political theory to debates about violence across a number of different disciplines from film studies to history.

MATHIAS THALER

is senior lecturer in political theory at

we’ve been waiting for.”

—Cressida Heyes, University of Alberta

C. Heike Schotten offers a critique of U.S. settler-colonial empire that draws on political, queer, and critical indigenous theory to reframe the concept of terrorism. The categories of the War on Terror exemplify the moralizing politics that insulate U.S. empire from critique, render its victims deserving of its abuses, and delegitimize resistance. She puts critical political theory of empire in dialogue with native studies and queer theory.

C. HEIKE SCHOTTEN

is associate professor of political

science at the University of Massachusetts Boston. She is the author of Nietzsche’s Revolution: Décadence, Politics, and Sexuality (2009).

the University of Edinburgh.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18814-2 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54768-0

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18747-3 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18746-6 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54728-4

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9"

A U G U S T 288 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

P H I LO S O P H Y

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

70 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

PHILOSOPHY

The Practice of Political Theory Rorty and Continental Thought CLAYTON CHIN “Chin rightly attends to the limitations and untapped possibilities of Rorty’s work. In doing so, the

Avicenna and the Aristotelian Left ERNST BLOCH

Translated by Loren Goldman and Peter Thompson “Against the background of today’s Islamophobia,

book reads Rorty as helping us side-step debates

Bloch’s study is an extraordinary achievement. It

around foundationalism and justification in political

demonstrates how one of the hidden origins of

theorizing in favor of a situated mode of thinking

European modernity is Avicenna’s interpretation of

that does not dispense with normative assessment.”

Aristotle. Islamic thought at the roots of our notions

—Melvin Rogers, author of The Undiscovered Dewey

of freedom and emancipation? If you are shocked,

Recent political thought has grappled with a crisis in philosophical foundations: How do we justify the explicit and implicit normative claims and assumptions that guide political decisions and social criticism? In The Practice of Political Theory, Clayton Chin presents a critical reconstruction of the work of Richard Rorty that intervenes in the current surge of methodological debates in political thought, arguing that Rorty provides us with unrecognized tools for resolving key foundational issues.

CLAYTON CHIN

is lecturer in political theory at the

University of Melbourne.

read Bloch’s book! It is only now, almost a century after its first publication, that the time for this book has arrived.”

—Slavoj Žižek, author of Less Than Nothing and Absolute Recoil

Ernst Bloch, one of the most significant twentieth-century German thinkers, traces emancipatory elements of modern thought to medieval Islamic philosophers’ encounter with Aristotle.

ERNST BLOCH

(1885–1977) was a major German philoso-

pher. Among his most significant books are The Spirit of Utopia and The Principle of Hope.

LOREN GOLDMAN

is assistant professor of political science

at the University of Pennsylvania.

PETER THOMPSON

is reader emeritus in German at the

University of Sheffield.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-17398-8 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54799-4 A U G U S T 304 pages / 6" x 9" P H I LO S O P H Y

$25.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17535-7 $75.00 / £58.00 cloth 978-0-231-17534-0 $24.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54814-4 N O V E M B E R 176 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" P H I LO S O P H Y N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

N E W D I R E C T I O N S I N C R I T I C A L T H E O RY

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press; All Other

All Rights: Columbia University Press

Rights: Suhrkamp Verlag C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 1

PHILOSOPHY

Public Art and the Fragility of Democracy

An Essay in Political Aesthetics FRED EVANS

“The field and subject of public art is in need

The Life of Imagination

Revealing and Making the World JENNIFER ANNA GOSETTI-FERENCEI

“Gosetti-Ferencei’s accounts of the philosophers she draws on are insightful, accurate, and always

of critically engaged analysis, and this book is

interesting, and the variety of examples she

particularly strong when Evans merges close visual

presents from a range of artistic forms and

and material observation of public art with close

everyday experiences is not only entertaining

critical analysis.”

but also convincing evidence for her claim of the

—Erika Doss, University of Notre Dame

pervasiveness of imagination.”

—Paul Armstrong, Brown University

Fred Evans develops philosophical and political criteria for assessing public artworks as acts of citizenship, pointing to their capacity to resist autocratic tendencies and reveal new dimensions of democratic society. Through close considerations of Chicago’s Millennium Park and New York’s National September 11 Memorial, Evans offers a timely elucidation of how thoughtful public art can contribute to the flourishing of a democratic way of life.

Duquesne University. He is the author of The Multivoiced

Jennifer Anna Gosetti-Ferencei offers a groundbreaking new understanding of the place of imagination in everyday experience as well as the heights of creative achievement. The Life of Imagination delivers a new conception of imagination that places it at the heart of our engagement with the world—thinking, acting, feeling, making, and being. Gosetti-Ferencei engages a spectacular range of examples from ordinary thought processes and actions to artistic, scientific, and literary feats to argue that imagination resists reductive explanation.

Body: Society and Communication in the Age of Diversity

JENNIFER ANNA GOSETTI-FERENCEI

(Columbia, 2009).

philosophy at Fordham University. Her books include Exotic

FRED EVANS

is professor of philosophy and coordinator

for the Center of Interpretative and Qualitative Research at

is professor of

Spaces in German Modernism (2011). $65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18758-9 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54736-9 S E P T E M B E R 368 pages / 6" x 9" / 22 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y CO L U M B I A T H E M E S I N P H I LO S O P H Y, S O C I A L C R I T I C I S M , A N D

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18908-8 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54816-8 O C T O B E R 352 pages / 6" x 9"

THE ARTS

P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

72 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

PHILOSOPHY

Critical Theory at a Crossroads

Pragmatism and Naturalism

Conversations on Resistance in Times of Crisis

Scientific and Social Inquiry After Representationalism

STIJN DE CAUWER, EDITOR

MATTHEW BAGGER, EDITOR

“Extraordinarily rich and penetrating. Against the

“The contributors to Pragmatism and Naturalism

idea that ‘there is no alternative,’ a form of resistance

address several interwoven questions, ones of great

emerges that is capable of opening a new space for

contemporary interest, and address these questions

action and thought.”

in an erudite, thoughtful, and imaginative manner.”

—Roberto Esposito, author of Bios: Biopolitics and

—Vincent Colapietro, Pennsylvania State University and

Philosophy

the Center for the Humanities at URI

Critical Theory at a Crossroads presents conversations with prominent theorists about the crises that have marked the past years. Tariq Ali, Rosi Braidotti, Wendy Brown, Maurizio Lazzarato, Angela McRobbie, Jean-Luc Nancy, Antonio Negri, Jacques Rancière, Saskia Sassen, and Joseph Vogl offer their views on contemporary challenges and how we might address them, candidly discussing the alternatives that new social movements have offered, alongside an exchange between Zygmunt Bauman and Roberto Esposito on theories of community.

STIJN DE CAUWER

Distinguished scholars including Nancy Frankenberry, Philip Kitcher, Wayne Proudfoot, and Jeffrey Stout examine pragmatism’s distinctive form of nonreductive naturalism and consider its merits for the study of religion, democratic theory, and as a general philosophical orientation. They display the enduring power and contemporary relevance of pragmatic naturalism.

MATTHEW BAGGER

teaches in the Department of Religious

Studies at the University of Alabama. His books include The Uses of Paradox: Religion, Self-Transformation, and the Absurd (Columbia, 2007).

is a researcher in cultural studies and

literary studies at the University of Leuven in Belgium. He is the author of A Diagnosis of Modern Life: Robert Musil’s “Der Mann ohne Eigenschaften” as a Critical-Utopian Project (2014). $35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18679-7 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18678-0 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54683-6

$75.00 / £58.00 cloth 978-0-231-18188-4 $74.99 / £58.00 e-book 978-0-231-54385-9

J U LY 256 pages / 6" x 9"

O C T O B E R 320 pages / 6.125" x 9.25"

P H I LO S O P H Y

P H I LO S O P H Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 73

PHILOSOPHY

Perishability Fatigue

Forays Into Environmental Loss and Decay VINCENT BRUYERE “Unquestionably one of the most original works I have

The Future as Catastrophe

Imagining Disaster in the Modern Age EVA HORN Translated by Valentine Pakis

“Tacking between the fictional and the real, Horn

encountered in the broader field of environmental

provides the most comprehensive analysis to date

humanities: a hallucinatory journey through a cabinet

of why we are such avid consumers of dystopian

of (grotesque) curiosities, a hoarding of images and

disasters and what these not-so-artificial scenarios

ideas with jolting leaps between centuries within

mean for our ability to contend with these

a single paragraph. Bruyere also touches on issues

portentous events.”

central to medical humanities and disability studies, and offers a uniquely erudite perspective—historical, multidisciplinary, and generous.”

—Karen Pinkus, Cornell University

The Svalbard Global Seed Vault project is an arctic archive designed to preserve the world’s agricultural biodiversity. What do it and other novel forms of storage tell us about our relationship to the future in a time of resource depletion and extinction scenarios? A highly interdisciplinary study, Perishability Fatigue reframes the environmental humanities and humanistic inquiry into sustainability science.

VINCENT BRUYERE

—Anson Rabinbach, Princeton University

We are dazzled by an array of possible catastrophe scenarios: climate change, financial crises, environmental disasters, technological meltdowns. The Future as Catastrophe offers a novel critique of the modern fascination with disaster from Romanticism to end-of-the-world blockbusters. Eva Horn argues that apocalypse always haunts the modern idea of a future that can be anticipated and planned.

EVA HORN

is professor of German literature and cultural

history at the University of Vienna. She is the author of The Secret War: Treason, Espionage, and Modern Fiction (2013).

is assistant professor of French at

Emory University and affiliate faculty in the Center for the Study of Human Health. $25.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-18859-3 $75.00 / £58.00 cloth 978-0-231-18858-6 $24.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54794-9 S E P T E M B E R 184 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / 10 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18863-0 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18862-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54795-6 O C T O B E R 304 pages / 6" x 9" / 44 b&w illustrations P H I LO S O P H Y / L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S

CRITICAL LIFE STUDIES

World English-language Rights: Columbia University Press;

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Other Rights: The Author

74 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

SCIENCE

Drought

An Interdisciplinary Perspective BENJAMIN I. COOK

GMO China

How Global Debates Transformed China’s Agricultural Biotechnology Policies CONG CAO

Drought is a complex phenomenon at the intersection of a range of scientific disciplines and public-policy issues. In this innovative text, Benjamin I. Cook brings together climate science, hydrology, and ecology to provide a synthetic overview of drought and its environmental and social consequences. A scientifically comprehensive and approachable overview of water issues throughout the world, Drought is a critical interdisciplinary text that will be essential reading for a broad range of students in earth science and environmental and sustainability studies.

BENJAMIN I. COOK

is a research scientist at the NASA

Goddard Institute for Space Studies and at the LamontDoherty Earth Observatory of Columbia University. He also teaches on drought and climate science in Columbia’s School of Professional Studies.

“The first major study of China’s experience with promotion and debate about genetically modified organisms. GMO China is a thoroughly researched and insightful work.”

—Erik Baark, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology

Cong Cao presents a comprehensive and systematic analysis of how China’s policy toward research and commercialization of genetically modified crops has evolved.

He explains how China’s changing GMO stance reflects its shifting position on the world stage. Drawing on government and scientific documents as well as interviews with scientists, officials, policy analysts, activists, and journalists, GMO China is an important book for China studies, science and technology studies, policy analysts, and professionals interested in the Chinese biotechnology market.

CONG CAO

is professor of innovation studies at the

University of Nottingham Ningbo China. He is the author of China’s Scientific Elite (2004).

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-17689-7 $120.00 / £93.00 cloth 978-0-231-17688-0 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54890-8 J A N U A R Y 256 pages / 6" x 9" / 145 color illustrations

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-17167-0 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-17166-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54109-1 S E P T E M B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 5 b&w illustrations SCIENCE / POLITICS

S C I E N C E / E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S

CO N T E M P O R A RY A S I A I N T H E WO R L D

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 75

SOCIOLOGY

The Gang Paradox

Judge Thy Neighbor

Inequalities and Miracles on the U.S.-Mexico Border

Denunciations in the Spanish Inquisition, Romanov Russia, and Nazi Germany

ROBERT J. DURÁN

PATRICK BERGEMANN

“In clear, descriptive, and refreshingly reflexive

“Judge Thy Neighbor offers a theory that I expect

language Durán argues that the reality of gangs is

will both transform future work on denunciation

far from its media image and provides ample data to

and influence broader social-science analyses of

make his point. This book is educational in the best

group dynamics, social movements, and microsocial

sense and should be welcomed.”

relations.”

—John Hagedorn, University of Illinois at Chicago

—Richard Lachmann, State University of New York

The areas along the U.S.-Mexico border are commonly portrayed as a hot spot for gang activity, drug trafficking, and violence. Yet when Robert J. Durán conducted almost a decade’s worth of ethnographic research in border towns, he found significantly less gang membership and activity than common fearmongering claims would have us believe. Instead, he witnessed how the gang label was used to criminalize youth of Mexican descent. Durán analyzes the impact of deportation and incarceration on Latino families and youth along the border in a powerful community study.

ROBERT J. DURÁN

is associate professor of sociology at

at Albany

From the Spanish Inquisition to Nazi Germany to the United States today, ordinary people have often chosen to turn in their neighbors to the authorities. Patrick Bergemann provides a theoretical framework for understanding the motives for denunciations in terms of institutional structures and incentives. Offering a rich account of the dynamics of denunciation as well as vivid descriptions of the denounced, Judge Thy Neighbor is a timely and compelling analysis of the reasons people inform on their acquaintances.

PATRICK BERGEMANN

is assistant professor of

Texas A&M University. He is the author of Gang Life in Two

organizations and strategy at the University of Chicago

Cities: An Insider’s Journey (Columbia, 2013).

Booth School of Business.

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18107-5 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18106-8 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54343-9

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18016-0 $59.99 / £47.00 e-book 978-0-231-54238-8

S E P T E M B E R 272 pages / 6" x 9" / 7 charts & 7 maps

J A N U A R Y 208 pages / 6" x 9" / 4 maps

S O C I O LO G Y / C R I M I N O LO G Y

S O C I O LO G Y

STUDIES IN TRANSGRESSION

THE MIDDLE RANGE SERIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

76 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Law, Economics, and Policy MERRITT B. FOX,

LAWRENCE R. GLOSTEN, AND GABRIEL V. RAUTERBERG “This will doubtless become the standard law and

E CO N O M I C S / P SYC H O LO GY

The New Stock Market

The Socratic Method of Psychotherapy JAMES OVERHOLSER

“Overholser artfully combines theoretical material with very practical clinical guidelines for scaffolding Socratic dialogues. This is a complex, intricate

economics work on market microstructure and the

subject presented in an extraordinarily accessible

relevant policy issues.”

manner.”

—Donald Langevoort, Georgetown University

—Robert Friedberg, Palo Alto University

Law at Columbia Law School, codirector of the Program in

How can clinicians incorporate ideals from ancient philosophy into contemporary psychotherapy? In The Socratic Method of Psychotherapy, James Overholser approaches cognitive therapy through the interactive dialogues of Socrates, aiming to reduce the gap between theory and practice. Clinicians and students will appreciate the flexibility and creativity that underlie effective psychotherapy sessions when guided by the Socratic method as an innovative approach to self-exploration.

the Law and Economics of Capital Markets, and codirector of

JAMES OVERHOLSER

the Center for Law and Economic Studies.

Western Reserve University. He is the author of Evaluating

The U.S. stock market has been transformed over the last twenty-five years. The New Stock Market offers a comprehensive new look at the stock market’s regulatory framework, fundamental institutions, and economic dynamics, combined with an assessment of its various controversies. It illuminates both the existing regulatory structure of our equity-trading markets and how we can improve it.

MERRITT B. FOX

is the Michael E. Patterson Professor of

LAWRENCE R. GLOSTEN

is the S. Sloan Colt Professor of

Banking and International Finance at Columbia Business

is professor of psychology at Case

and Treating Adolescent Suicide Attempters: From Research to Practice (2002).

School and codirector of the Program in the Law and Economics of Capital Markets.

GABRIEL V. RAUTERBERG

is an assistant professor of law

at the University of Michigan Law School.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-0-231-18196-9 $64.99 / £50.00 e-book 978-0-231-54393-4

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18329-1 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18328-4 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54483-2

N O V E M B E R 336 pages / 6.125" x 9.25" / 5 illustrations

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9" / 6 figures

ECONOMICS

P S YC H O LO G Y

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 7 7

SOCIAL WORK

Stress, Trauma, and Decision Making for Social Workers CHERYL REGEHR

“Regehr is masterful in her ability to synthesize research knowledge and scholarship from social work and related fields and bring the resulting synthesis to the discussion of this complex topic.”

—Imogen Taylor, University of Sussex

Cheryl Regehr explores the intersection of workplace stress, trauma exposure, and professional decision making in social workers. She weaves together practice experience; research on the impact of stress and trauma on performance and decision making in other high-risk professions, including paramedics and police officers; and the empirical study of competence and decision making in social work practice. This book is critical reading for all social workers who engage in high-stakes decision making, from those newly embarking on a career to expert practitioners.

CHERYL REGEHR

is the vice president and provost of the

University of Toronto. Formerly dean of social work, she is a professor in the Factor-Inwentash Faculty of Social Work, with cross-appointments to the Faculty of Law and the Institute of Medical Science at the University of Toronto. She is also a senior fellow of Massey College.

The Stigma Effect

Unintended Consequences of Mental Health Campaigns PATRICK W. CORRIGAN

“The strength of this book is the way it balances the interconnected components of self-stigma and public stigma. It will be of interest to people interested or involved in stigma reduction, either as advocates, policy folks, or personally.”

—Stephanie Knaak, University of Calgary

The Stigma Effect examines the unintended consequences of mental health campaigns and proposes new policies in their place.

Patrick W. Corrigan analyzes the agendas of government agencies, mental health care providers, and social service agencies that work with people with mental illness, dissecting how their best intentions can misfire.

He argues that effective strategies require leadership by those with lived experience, as their recovery stories replace ideas of incompetence and dangerousness with ones of hope and empowerment.

PATRICK W. CORRIGAN

is distinguished professor of

psychology at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He is principal investigator of the National Consortium for Stigma and Empowerment. His books include The Stigma of Disease and Disability (2014).

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18013-9 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18012-2 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54237-1

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18357-4 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18356-7 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54500-6

O C T O B E R 312 pages / 6" x 9" / 38 figures

O C T O B E R 232 pages / 6" x 9"

S O C I A L WO R K

P S YC H O LO G Y / S O C I A L W O R K

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

78 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

SOCIAL WORK

Social Work Values and Ethics

Fifth edition

FREDERIC G. REAMER “This is a significant update of the most important textbook on general social work ethics for the last twenty-five years.”

Social Work Practice

Integrating Concepts, Processes, and Skills Second edition

MARION BOGO “Written in a clear accessible style, this text is likely to remain a standard reference on the bookshelves of

—Daniel Liechty, Illinois State University

social workers for years to come.”

For decades, teachers and practitioners have turned to Frederic G. Reamer’s Social Work Values and Ethics as the leading introduction to ethical decision making and professional conduct. The fifth edition incorporates significant updates to the National Association of Social Workers Code of Ethics and new practice and model regulatory standards used by social service and licensing agencies around the world. Reamer also focuses on how social workers should navigate the digital world through discussion of online services and social networking as well as protecting confidential information.

—Goldie Kadushin, University of Wisconsin–Milwaukee

FREDERIC G. REAMER

is a professor at the School of Social

Since its publication over ten years ago, Social Work Practice has been widely used as a succinct and focused book to prepare human service providers in the key components underpinning direct practice. This second edition builds on the first edition’s success at synthesizing the latest theories and practice models, helping and change processes, empirical findings, and practice skills, and demonstrates how these interlinked dimensions contribute to the EPAS-endorsed 2015 model of holistic competence.

MARION BOGO

is a professor at the Factor-Inwentash Fac-

ulty of Social Work, University of Toronto. She is the coauthor

Work, Rhode Island College. His Columbia University Press

of The Practice of Field Instruction in Social Work: Theory

books include On the Parole Board: Reflections on Crime,

and Process (Columbia, 1998), and she is a recipient of the

Punishment, Redemption, and Justice (2016).

Significant Lifetime Achievement in Social Work Education Award from the Council on Social Work Education.

$35.00 / £27.00 paper 978-0-231-18829-6 $105.00 / £81.00 cloth 978-0-231-18828-9 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54775-8

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-18623-0 $120.00 / £93.00 cloth 978-0-231-18622-3 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54655-3

N O V E M B E R 296 pages / 6" x 9"

J U LY 440 pages / 6" x 9"

S O C I A L WO R K

S O C I A L WO R K

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 79

JOURNALISM

Troubling Transparency

The History and Future of Freedom of Information DAVID E. POZEN AND MICHAEL SCHUDSON, EDITORS “Bringing together some of the world’s leading

Journalism in the Age of Virtual Reality

How Experiential Media is Transforming News JOHN V. PAVLIK

“Journalism in the Age of Virtual Reality demystifies

scholars and practitioners of transparency law, this

the often complex technologies used to produce and

volume offers critical reflections, affirmative fixes,

distribute experiential media and insightfully predicts

and comparative evaluations, ultimately shedding

how experiential technologies might evolve in the

invaluable light on the romantic notion that sunlight

decades ahead.”

is the best disinfectant.”

—Pete Seel, Colorado State University

—David Cole, national legal director, American Civil Liberties Union, professor, Georgetown University Law Center

Troubling Transparency brings together prominent scholars to analyze freedom-ofinformation policies in the United States and abroad—how they are working, how they are failing, and how they might be improved.

DAVID E. POZEN

is a professor of law at Columbia Law

School and an internationally noted scholar of constitutional law and informational law.

MICHAEL SCHUDSON

is a professor of journalism at the

Columbia Journalism School. A MacArthur Foundation fellow,

John V. Pavlik argues that a new form of media has emerged: experiential news, in which the consumer engages news in immersive, multisensory, and interactive narratives. He describes and analyzes new tools and approaches that allow journalists to tell stories that go beyond text and image. Pavlik warns that although experiential news can heighten user engagement, it may also fuel fake news, and he discusses the standards of ethics needed to build public trust.

JOHN V. PAVLIK

is professor of journalism and media

studies in the School of Communication and Information at Rutgers University. He is the author or editor of many books,

he is the author of eight books, including, most recently,

including Media in the Digital Age (Columbia, 2008) and

The Rise of the Right to Know: Politics and the Culture of

Digital Technology and the Future of Broadcasting: Global

Transparency, 1945–1975 (2015).

Perspectives (2016).

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18499-1 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18498-4 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54580-8

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18449-6 $90.00 / £70.00 cloth 978-0-231-18448-9 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54551-8

J U LY 336 pages / 6" x 9"

J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9"

JOURNALISM

JOURNALISM / MEDIA STUDIES

All Rights: Columbia University Press

All Rights: Columbia University Press

80 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

H A R R I N G T O N PA R K P R E S S

Introduction to Transgender Studies ARDEL HAEFELE-THOMAS

With the participation of Thatcher Combs Foreword by Susan Stryker

This is the first introductory text/reader for trans, transgender, or trans* studies at all levels, from first year to graduate coursework.

Using entertaining as well as informative features, this combination text/reader will appeal to a range of students who may know very little about the field. It can be used in programs ranging from major courses to electives in LGBT/queer studies, feminist/gender studies, and other allied disciplines.

The book’s step-by-step teaching tools include: • Key questions for students

• Personal brief vignettes (told in first person) •

Writings from the community (full-length commissioned essays by community members, mostly trans people but also LGB people and allies)

• Key concepts

introducing students to transgender studies. Ardel Haefele-Thomas lucidly explains the complexities of gender nonconformity using clear analysis, together with rich and nuanced

• Activities, discussion questions, and observations

Throughout, Haefele-Thomas embraces the richness of intersecting identities: how race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, class, nation, religion, and ability have cross-influenced to shape the transgender experience and culture across and beyond the binary. is chair of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and

transgender studies at City College of San Francisco. Haefele-Thomas’s

historical examples. These are elucidated further with the delightful details they deserve.”

—Paisley Currah, coeditor of Transgender Studies Quarterly

“This is a groundbreaking textbook and a truly intersectional accomplishment.”

—Breana Bahar Hansen, City College of San Francisco and University of San Francisco

academic work focuses on the intersections of gender identity and

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

• Film, television, and media of interest (titles and brief descriptions)

ARDEL HAEFELE-THOMAS

“I can’t imagine a better textbook

gender expression, sexual orientation, race, and class based in part on frameworks and structures of postcolonial and queer theory.

They are coauthor of the forthcoming book Transgender: A Reference Text, with Aaron Devor.

$59.00 / £46.00 paper 978-1-939594-27-3 $54.99 / £43.00 e-book 978-1-939594-28-0 F E B R U A R Y 450 pages / 7" x 10" LG B TQ I A S T U D I E S / G E N D E R A N D SEXUALITY STUDIES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 1

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

A House Is Not Just a House Projects on Housing TATIANA BILBAO With essays by Gabriella Etchegaray, Hilary Sample, and Ivonne Santoyo-Orozco

A House Is Not Just a House argues precisely that.

The book traces Tatiana Bilbao’s diverse work on housing ranging from large-scale social projects to single-family luxury homes. These projects offer a way of thinking about the limits of housing: where it begins and where it ends.

Regardless of type, Bilbao’s work advances an argument on housing that is simultaneously expansive and minimal, inseparable from the broader environment outside of it and predicated on the fundamental requirements of living. Working within the turbulent history of social housing in Mexico, her work argues for participating even when circumstances are less than ideal—and from this participation she is able to propose specific strategies learned in Mexico for producing housing elsewhere.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

A House Is Not Just a House includes a recent lecture

by Bilbao at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation, as well as reflections from fellow practitioners and scholars, including Amale Andraos, Gabriella Etchegaray, Hilary Sample, and Ivonne Santoyo-Orozco.

TATIANA BILBAO

has lectured all over the world and taught, most

recently, at Columbia University’s Graduate School of Architecture, Planning, and Preservation. Her studio has initiated projects in China, Europe, and Mexico, and she has won numerous awards.

$23.00* / £17.99 paper 978-1-941332-43-6 O C T O B E R 160 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / b&w illustrations

throughout with 56 color photographs ARCHITECTURE GSAPP TRANSCRIPTS

82 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Alpine Cartographies of Climate Change MARCO FERRARI, ELISA PASQUAL, AND ANDREA BAGNATO

A Moving Border features a foreword by Bruno Latour and texts by Stuart Elden, Mia Fuller, Francesca Hughes, and Wu Ming I. MARCO FERRARI,

an architect, and ELISA PASQUAL , a

visual designer, are the founders of Studio Folder, a design

JOHN MAY

Architecture now finds itself immersed in an immense cultural experiment called imaging, which has rapidly replaced the long history of architectural drawing with a set of novel computational operations whose philosophical status remains unclear. What happens to the architectural mind when it stops pretending that electronic images of drawings made by computers are drawings? If it finally considered that imaging may not be a way of drawing but is instead something that has already obliterated drawing? Signal.

Image. Architecture. aims to clarify the status of computational images in contemporary architectural thought and practice by showing what happens if the technical basis of architecture is examined very closely, if its technical terms and concepts are taken very seriously, at times even literally. It is not a theory of architectural images but rather a brief philosophical description of architecture after imaging.

JOHN MAY

is founding partner in MILLIØNS, a

Los Angeles–based architectural practice, and assistant professor of architecture at the Harvard Graduate School of Design.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Italy’s northern border follows the watershed that separates Northern and Southern Europe—which is now melting as a result of anthropogenic climate change. Italy, Austria, and Switzerland have consequently introduced the novel legal concept of a “moving border.” This book charts the effects of climate change on geopolitical understandings of border and the cartographic methods used to represent them, bringing together critical essays, visualizations, and unpublished documents from state archives.

By examining the nexus of nationalism and cartography, A Moving Border details how borders are both material and imagined and the ways global warming challenges Western conceptions of territory.

Signal. Image. Architecture.

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

A Moving Border

and research studio based in Milan. ANDREA BAGNATO is an architect, researcher, and editor.

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-1-941332-45-0

$18.00* / £13.99 paper 978-1-941332-46-7

D E C E M B E R 192 pages / 8.25" x 12.25" / 60 color illustrations

D E C E M B E R 144 pages / 4.5" x 7" / 30 color illustrations

A R C H I T E C T U R E / C L I M AT E C H A N G E

ARCHITECTURE

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 3

TULIKA BOOKS

Vivan Sundaram Is Not a Photographer The Photographic Works of Vivan Sundaram RUTH ROSENGARTEN

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

Belonging to a generation of figurative artists that emerged from the Baroda School in the early 1960s, Vivan Sundaram has consistently and passionately engaged with the historical and political particularities of his own position as a subject in India and in the world at large. Ruth Rosengarten explores how Sundaram’s practice has become paradigmatic of a mode of work that might be defined as curatorial—where the location of production and that of public display converge. He began using photography as a more active agent in his work in the 1990s, a change that coincided with his abandonment of painting as a practice and his engagement with installation.

Rosengarten highlights Sundaram’s use of photographs alongside his engagement with other forms of archival material through which he (re)assembles and orders the past.

RUTH ROSENGARTEN

is an artist, art historian, writer,

Voices of Komagata Maru

Imperial Surveillance and Workers from Punjab in Bengal SUCHETANA CHATTOPADHYAY

How did transterritorial tendencies of repression from above and resistance from below connect Bengal with Punjab, East Asia, and the Americas? To what extent did the operation of repressive colonial state apparatus—directed to deal with passengers of the Komagata Maru forcibly turned away from Canada and with Punjabi migrants returning to India through the eastern seas—influence the intersections of anticolonial strands in Calcutta and its surroundings during 1914 and 1915? This monograph explores these early wartime clashes of positions and traces the organized postwar transmission of the Komagata Maru’s memory as a symbol of resistance among Sikh workers in the industrial centers of southwest Bengal.

SUCHETANA CHATTOPADHYAY

teaches history at

Jadavpur University, Kolkata, West Bengal. She is the author of An Early Communist: Muzaffar Ahmad in Calcutta, 1913–1929.

and photographer.

$65.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-81-937329-0-8

$33.00 / £26.00 cloth 978-81-934015-8-3

N O V E M B E R 280 pages / 8'' x 10'' / Fully illustrated in color throughout

N O V E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5'' x 8.5'' / 16 b&w photos

ART

I N D I A N H I S TO R Y

84 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TULIKA BOOKS

Telling the Truth, Taking Sides Essays for N. Ram

V. K. RAMACHANDRAN AND MADHURA SWAMINATHAN, EDITORS

This book is a collection of essays written in tribute to N. Ram, journalist, writer, and person of the Left. Its title reflects Ram’s concern that journalism, and indeed intellectual endeavor, be both informative and credible and committed to the social good.

V. K. RAMACHANDRAN

and MADHURA SWAMINATHAN

are professors at the Economic Analysis Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, Bengaluru.

Essays for Utsa Patnaik

ARINDAM BANERJEE AND C. P. CHANDRASEKHAR, EDITORS

Agrarian transition, exploitative production relations, food insecurity, and poverty are among the central concerns that have marked the work of the eminent economist and author Utsa Patnaik. She has sought alternative economic models that address these concerns and that are therefore emancipatory in nature. This festschrift attempts to engage with the theoretical frameworks, historical analyses, and developmental questions that her remarkable academic contributions have raised in the hope of being useful to all whose praxis and work are anchored on the motivation to build a better and just world.

ARINDAM BANERJEE

is associate professor in economics

in the School of Liberal Studies, Ambedkar University Delhi, where he teaches courses on colonialism, political economy, and agrarian development.

C. P. CHANDRASEKHAR

is professor at the Centre for

Economic Studies and Planning, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His books include Karl Marx’s “Capital” and the Present and Demonetisation Decoded: A Critique of India’s Currency Experiment (with Jayati Ghosh and Prabhat Patnaik).

$27.00 / £21.00 cloth 978-81-937329-2-2

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

The contributors to the book are: Venkatesh Athreya, Wayne Barrett, C. P. Chandrasekhar, John Cherian, Noam Chomsky, P. Jacob, T. Jayaraman, Kumari Jayawardena, Prakash Karat, C. T. Kurien, Parvathi Menon, Prabhakara S. Motnahalli, Suresh Nambath, Prabhat Patnaik, V. K. Ramachandran, Alan Rusbridger, Nirmal Shekar, M. S. Swaminathan, and Romila Thapar.

Dispossession, Deprivation, and Development

$27.00 / £21.00 cloth 978-81-937329-1-5

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6.25'' x 9.5''

N O V E M B E R 252 pages / 6.25'' x 9.5''

POLITICS

ECONOMICS / POLITICS

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 8 5

P R E V I O U S LY A N N O U N C E D , N O W AVA I L A B L E

TULIKA BOOKS

The Hindi Canon

Intellectuals, Processes, Criticism MRITYUNJAY TRIPATHI Translated by Shad Naved

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, E XC LU D I N G S O U T H A S I A

First published in Hindi in 2015, this book was acclaimed as one of the first critical studies of the processes of canonization (pratimanikaran). Mrityunjay Tripathi argues that the theological roots of canon formation were foundational in the making of the Hindi critical lexicon and canon, and proposes an intellectual history of Hindi criticism in the twentieth century.

Similarity

Asār-us-Sanadīd

A Paradigm for Culture Theory

SAYYID AHMAD KHAN Translated and edited by

ANIL BHATTI AND EDITORS

professor in the School of Letters,

This collection of papers explores the idea that the concept of similarity could offer a new, alternative approach in cultural studies, as compared to the dominant paradigm of difference.

Though the postcolonial critique of identity has emphasized alterity and hybridity, the category of similarity offers an alternative for examining our complex cultural world.

Ambedkar University Delhi. He has

ANIL BHATTI

MRITYUNJAY TRIPATHI

is assistant

is professor emeritus

translated the autobiography of

at the Centre of German Studies,

Mallikarjun Mansur into Hindi

Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.

(Rasyatra) and a Hindi translation of John Berger’s Ways of Seeing is forthcoming in 2018.

SHAD NAVED

Rana Safvi

DOROTHEE KIMMICH,

DOROTHEE KIMMICH

This volume joins together in English for the first time the two editions of Sayyid Ahmad Khan’s classic account of the monuments and environs of precolonial Delhi. Rana Safvi’s annotations and appendix trace the historical development of the text. Featuring sketches from the original Urdu edition, this book is a valuable resource for scholars of Delhi’s history.

SAYYID AHMAD KHAN

India and the founder of the Muhammadan Anglo-Oriental College, which later became the Aligarh Muslim University.

is professor

of modern German literature at the University of Tubingen, Germany.

teaches in the Com-

(1817–1898)

was one of the architects of modern

RANA SAFVI

is an author and

historian. She is the founder and moderator of the #shair platform on Twitter, credited with reviving popular

parative Literature Program, School of

interest in Urdu poetry.

Letters, Ambedkar University Delhi.

$64.00 / £50.00 cloth 978-93-82381-87-7 $22.00 / £16.99 cloth 978-81-934015-9-0

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-93-82381-96-9

J U LY 432 pages / 7'' x 9'' / b&w illustrations

N O V E M B E R 200 pages / 5.5" x 8.5"

J U LY 368 pages / 6.25'' x 9.5''

throughout

LITERARY STUDIES

C U LT U R A L S T U D I E S

I N D I A N H I S TO R Y

86 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

P R E V I O U S LY A N N O U N C E D , N O W AVA I L A B L E

Sustaining Economic Growth in Asia

JEROMIN ZETTELMEYER AND

JÉRÉMIE COHEN-SETTON, THOMAS

ADAM POSEN, EDITORS

HELBLING, AND ADAM POSEN, EDITORS

Labor-productivity growth in the United States and other advanced countries has slowed dramatically since the mid-2000s, a major factor in their economic stagnation and political turmoil. In this volume, a dozen renowned scholars analyze the impact of sustained lower productivity growth on public finances, social protection, trade, capital flows, wages, inequality, and, ultimately, politics in the advanced industrial world. They conclude that slow productivity growth could lead to unpredictable and possibly dangerous new problems, aggravating inequality and increasing concentration of market power. Facing Up to Low Productivity Growth also proposes ways that countries can cope with these consequences.

Economic growth, inflation, and interest rates have declined in Asia, just as they have in the United States and Europe.

Sustaining Economic Growth in Asia explores the relevance to several Asian economies of the diagnosis known as “secular stagnation.”

Leading experts on the region discuss the fiscal and monetary policy challenges of reviving growth without generating domestic financial imbalances. The essays on innovation, demographics, spillovers, and various policy proposals are accompanied by case studies focusing on Japan, South Korea, China, India, and Indonesia.

has been a senior fellow at

the Peterson Institute for International Economics since September 2016 and was a nonresident senior fellow during 2013 and 2014.

ADAM S. POSEN

JÉRÉMIE COHEN-SETTON,

research fellow, joined

the Peterson Institute for International Economics in September 2016.

THOMAS HELBLING

is a division chief in the IMF’s Asia and

Pacific Department, covering Australia and New Zealand.

ADAM S. POSEN

has been president of the Peterson

Institute for International Economics since January 2013 has been president of the Peterson

after first joining in July 1997.

Institute for International Economics since January 2013 after first joining in July 1997.

$23.95 / £18.99 paper 978-0-88132-731-1 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-88132-732-8

$23.95 / £18.99 paper 978-0-88132-733-5 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-88132-734-2

S E P T E M B E R 175 pages / 6" x 9"

S E P T E M B E R 175 pages / 6" x 9"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

JEROMIN ZETTELMEYER

P E T E R S O N I N S T I T U T E F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L E C O N O M I C S

Facing Up to Low Productivity Growth

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 87

AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS

Guy Debord

Das filmische Gesamtwerk [German Language] EDITED AND TRANSLATED BY WERNER RAPPL IN COLLABORATION WITH WOLFGANG KUKULIES

In his films Guy Debord (1931–1994) worked according to the following principle: do nothing you should, do everything you should not. Created between 1952 and 1978, all the films reflect this rule and confirm what he referred to as his “detestable ambition.”

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Gathered in a single volume for the first time in German, this publication unites the texts of all of Guy Debord’s films in a new translation: from his first film made in affiliation with the Lettrist group led by Isidore Isou, Hurlements en faveur de Sade (1952), an alteration of black and white sequences devoid of images; to works that originated in the course of his participation in the Situationist International, Sur le passage de quelques personnes à travers une assez courte unité de temps (1959) and Critique de la séparation (1961); to the adaptation of his best known theoretical work, La Société du spectacle (1973), followed by the response to his critics entitled Réfutation de tous les jugements, tant élogieux qu’hostiles, qui ont été jusqu’ici portés sur le film “La Société du spectacle” (1975) and his résumé, intended as an act of closure: In girum imus nocte et consumimur igni (1978).

Texts and images are true to the French original edition and complemented by a list of sources for the quotes, Debord’s notes on his films, drafts of unrealized film projects, as well as the text of the TV documentary he coauthored, Guy Debord, son art et son temps (1994).

WERNER RAPPL

is a theater studies scholar and translator and was

coeditor of multiple catalogs for the transmedial society Daedalus in Vienna from 1985 to 1993, cocreator of the first complete reconstruction of Aby Warburg’s Mnemosyne Atlas in Vienna in 1993, and coeditor of the accompanying catalog Begleitmaterial zur Ausstellung “Aby Warburg, Mnemosyne.” He has written catalog entries about Guy $42.50 / £34.00 paper 978-3-901644-76-4

Debord and Alexander Kluge and translated Daniel Defoe, Antonin

F E B R U A R Y approximately 400 pages / 6.69" x 7.88" /

Artaud, Barnett Newman, Paul Virilio, Jean-François Lyotard, Jacques

approx. 100 b&w illustrations FILM

88 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Derrida, and others.

U N I V E R S I T Y O F TO KYO P R E S S

Renegotiating Japan’s Unequal Treaties

A Window on Late Nineteenth-Century Diplomacy KAORU IOKIBE Translated by Fred Uleman “This pathbreaking work of diplomatic history sheds new light on the long and winding process of Japan’s negotiations for treaty equality with Western nations in the Meiji era. Iokibe skillfully weaves together different threads to produce a compelling historical account of one of the most important policy issues of Meiji Japan.”

—Kiyoteru Tsutsui, University of Michigan

CONTENTS

1. Foreign Minister Terashima Munenori and Tariff Administration 2. Foreign Minister Inoue Kaoru and Police Administration 3. The Preliminary Conference on Treaty Revision 4. Between Conferences 5. The Treaty Revision Conference 6. Conclusion: Looking Back, Looking Forward

“This book brings a fresh perspective to a classic and still important historical issue: the character of the unequal treaties imposed on Japan by the West and the character of the Japanese response to those treaties. Iokibe offers a more dynamic understanding of a history too often divided into separate histories of ‘Japan and the West’ and ‘Japan and Asia.’ ” —Andrew Gordon, Harvard University KAORU IOKIBE

is a professor at the Graduate School of Law and

Politics, University of Tokyo.

F O R S A L E T H R O U G H O U T T H E WO R L D, E XC L U D I N G J A PA N

Japan was compelled to open its doors to Western commerce in the 1850s and 1860s. Yet because the treaties signed at that time reflected the Western powers’ dominant position, Japanese foreign policy’s prime imperative in the initial decades afterward was to rectify these unequal treaties. This book, appearing in English for the first time, explains the political process of the negotiations attempting revision of the treaties in the context of events both inside and outside Japan.

$150.00 / £116.00 cloth 978-4-13-027034-2 F E B R U A R Y 400 pages / 6" x 9" J A PA N E S E H I S TO R Y

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 89

HITCHCOCK ANNUAL

Hitchcock Annual

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB, EDITOR

The Hitchcock Annual seeks to publish the best in critical and scholarly essays in Hitchcock studies. We welcome articles from a wide variety of theoretical, critical, and historical perspectives on the life, work, and influence of Alfred Hitchcock.

All back issues of the Hitchcock Annual are available through Columbia University Press, as is The Hitchcock Annual Anthology: Selected Essays from Volumes 10–15, edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Richard Allen (2009, $26.00 paper 978-1-905673-95-4 / $80.00 cloth 978-1-905673-96-1).

N OW AVA I L A B L E

FORTHCOMING

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Hitchcock Annual

Hitchcock Annual

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB AND RICHARD ALLEN,

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB, EDITOR

Volume 21

Volume 22

EDITORS

Hitchcock Annual, volume 21, contains essays on textured characters in The Skin Game, hospitality in Dial M for Murder, sparse sonic set pieces in various Hitchcock films, and two detailed review essays on recent books on Hitchcock.

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

is professor of media studies at Sacred

Hitchcock Annual, volume 22, is scheduled for publication in December 2018. The planned contents include studies of several Hitchcock films, an early interview with Hitchcock, and a review essay on recent books on Hitchcock.

SIDNEY GOTTLIEB

is professor of media studies at Sacred

Heart University.

Heart University.

RICHARD ALLEN

is professor of film and media art and

dean of the School of Creative Media, City University of Hong Kong.

$26.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-18141-9

$26.00 / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-19045-9

O C T O B E R 158 pages / 5.5" x 8.5" / illustrations throughout

D E C E M B E R approx. 180 pagess / 5.5" x 8.5" / illustrations throughout

FILM STUDIES

FILM STUDIES

90 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Polish and Other

EDITED WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY WIESŁAW KRAJKA

Joseph Conrad’s Authorial Self is organized around the category of the author with some illuminating aspects of Conrad’s Polishness as the major area of consideration. It starts with a theoretical treatment of Conrad’s authorship, continues through a focus on autobiography along with his creative process, proceeds with analyses of his ideas derived from his Polish heritage as presented in his personality and oeuvre, and moves on to biographies of the writer’s relatives. This set is followed by papers on “Amy Foster,” a classic of émigré literature, considerations of translations of his works into Polish, and essays on central/south-central Europe and the sea.

CONTRIBUTORS INCLUDE

Nathalie Martinière • Richard Ambrosini • G. W. Stephen Brodsky • Harold Ray Stevens • Lilia Omelan • Anna Brzozowska-Krajka • Wiesław Krajka • Carl Schaffer • Monika Majewska • Rafał Szczerbakiewicz • Ewa Kujawska-Lis • Agnieszka Adamowicz-Pośpiech • Olga Binczyk and Grzegorz Gwóźdź • Majda Šavle • Margreta Grigorova and Petya Tsoneva •

This book is volume 27 of the series Conrad: Eastern and Western Perspectives, edited by Wiesław Krajka.

WIESŁAW KRAJKA

is a professor in the English Department at Maria

Curie-Skłodowska University in Lublin, Poland, and Jan Kochanowski University in Kielce, Poland. He is the author of Isolation and Ethos: A Study of Joseph Conrad (1992) and editor of “Wine in Old and New Bottles”: Critical Paradigms for Joseph Conrad (2014), among others, and editor of the series Conrad: Eastern and Western Perspectives, published by Maria Curie-Skłodowska University Press.

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Papers are wide-ranging, from the significance of East Carpathian poetics to juxtapositions of Conrad’s oeuvre with early-twentieth-century authors as well as a contemporary Polish author and translations of his works. The final five papers span the whole period studied in this volume, from the first Polish translation published in 1897 to one of the most recent in 2011, from possible influences upon Conrad in his childhood and youth to the most recent reception of his works in the Balkans.

MARIA CURIE–SKŁODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS

Joseph Conrad’s Authorial Self

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-83-227-9056-4 S E P T E M B E R 402 pages / 6" x 9" LITERARY STUDIES CO N R A D : E A S T E R N A N D WESTERN PERSPECTIVES

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 1

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

The Plurality of Realities Collected Essays

LEON CHWISTEK Translated with an introduction by Karol Chrobak

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

The Plurality of Realities contains four texts

by Leon Chwistek that deal with his original philosophical conception called the theory of plurality of realities. This collection is essential not only for understanding the full-fledged version of Chwistek’s conception but also for surveying its development over a span of five years (1916–1921), beginning with its first sketches and finishing with Chwistek’s most famous essay, “The Plurality of Realities,” in which he discusses four different realities: the reality of things, the reality of physics, the reality of impressions, and the reality of imaginations.

Introductory essays present Chwistek against the background of the interwar period in Poland and a critical account of his thought.

LEON CHWISTEK

(1884–1944) spent most of his life in

Krakow, where he was well known as an avant-garde intellectual. After the German invasion of the Soviet Union, he fled first to Georgia and then to Moscow.

KAROL CHROBAK

Maria Lekapene, Empress of the Bulgarians

Neither a Saint nor a Malefactress MIROSŁAW J. LESZKA AND ZOFIA A. BRZOZOWSKA “This biography is eagerly awaited in the international Byzantinological and Slavicist community.”

—Ireneusz Milewski, University of Gdańsk

This book presents the biography of Maria, the tsaritsa of the Bulgarians at the side of her husband, Tsar Peter (927-969). Most scholars who have dealt with her life— usually as a side note to studies on Peter’s reign—saw her as a representative of the interests of Constantinople. Some have gone so far as to call her a Byzantine agent. This first monograph on Maria offers a balanced narrative of the tsaritsa’s life and her role in tenth-century Bulgaria through meticulous analysis of primary sources. The book is supplemented by a translation of fragments of the Hellenic and Roman chronicle about Maria.

MIROSŁAW J. LESZKA

is full professor at the Department

of Byzantine History, Faculty of Philosophy and History, University of Lodz.

is assistant professor in the

Department of Philosophy at the Warsaw University of Life Sciences SGGW.

ZOFIA A. BRZOZOWSKA

is a historian, Byzantinologist,

and Paleoslavist at the Department of Slavic Studies, Faculty of Philology University of Lodz. $55.00 / £43.00 paper 978-83-233-4441-4

$50.00 / £40.00 paper 978-83-233-4436-0

S E P T E M B E R 238 pages / 6.9" x 9.8" / 18 color illustrations,

S E P T E M B E R 242 pages / 6.22" x 9.37" / 10 b&w figures

8 b&w illustrations, 1 chart

P H I LO S O P H Y

H I S TO R Y

92 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Literature Studies—Cultural Studies ANDRZEJ HEJMEJ Translated by Lindsay Davidson

ANDRZEJ HEJMEJ

is professor at the Faculty of Polish

Studies of the Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland.

An Edition and Annotated Translation of the First Chapter of Tshad ma rigs gter

by Sa skya Pan.d.ita and the First Chapter of Tshad ma rigs pa‘i gter gyi don gsal bar byed pa by Go rams pa ARTUR PRZYBYSŁAWSKI

This volume is an introduction to one of the key concepts in Tibetan Buddhist epistemology, the object of cognition. The volume provides an overview of the notion of cognizable objects in Sa skya Pan.d.ita (1182–1251), a short summary of Western research on that concept, followed by an edited translation of the first chapter of his fundamental work, Tshad ma rigs gter, together with the canonical commentary

by Go rams pa (1429–1489). Both texts are translated into a European language for the first time.

ARTUR PRZYBYSŁAWSKI

is affiliated with the Center

of Comparative Studies of Civilizations at the Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland. A specialist in Buddhist and Greek philosophy, he is the author of Coincidentia oppositorum (2004), Buddyjska filozofia pustki (2009), and Buddyjska epistemologia Tybetu (2017) and has translated numerous classical Tibetan texts and English philosophical

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

This book is an attempt to diagnose the condition of (post-)modern comparative literature and to formulate its role in the media society in a multicultural world.

Andrzej Hejmej reviews the current situation, taking into account both the first concepts from the nineteenth century as well as the latest from comparative-literary scholars. The history of the formation of the main trends of comparative-literary studies is explained through the use of metaphors: the Eiffel Tower, the World Trade Center, and the Tower of Babel. Hejmej understands modern comparative literature as an interpretative practice embedded in everyday life. This intercultural perspective opens new horizons for comparative literary studies in the twenty-first century.

Cognizable Object in Sa skya Pan.d.ita

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Comparative Literature

texts into Polish.

$55.00 / £43.00 paper 978-83-233-4439-1

$45.00 / £35.00 paper 978-83-233-4381-3

S E P T E M B E R 336 pages / 6.93" x 9.84" / 7 b&w illustrations, 5 charts

S E P T E M B E R 164 pages / 6.22" x 9.25"

LITERARY STUDIES

B U D D H I S M / P H I LO S O P H Y

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 93

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

Anthropology as Social Critique Its Public Role in the Globalized World PETR SKALNÍK AND MARCIN BROCKI, EDITORS “This collective volume is an important, essential, and well-grounded contribution that stands out for its deep theoretical insight, offering significant input to the crucial debate on the public role of anthropology in the globalized world.”

Vocational Interests of Youth in Ecuador

Inventory of the Occupational Preferences of Youth TOMASZ WOŁONCIEJ AND ANNA PASZKOWSKA-ROGACZ

“These proposals can be the basis for counseling youth in all provinces of Ecuador.”

—Adam Biela, Catholic University of Lublin

—Christian Giordano, University of Fribourg, Switzerland

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

This book contains chapters based on a panel session entitled Anthropology as Opinion-Maker: A Dilemma of Analysis Versus Application. The aim of this book is to discuss the relevance of anthropological findings beyond disciplinary boundaries and to examine means of making these findings accessible and useful for a wider public. The book is founded on the belief that the world would benefit greatly from the application of anthropological knowledge and the concern that anthropologists are not doing enough to make their expertise heard and understood.

PETR SKALNÍK

This book constructs a psychometric tool for diagnosing career interests among Ecuadorian youth. Useful as a guide in the career-counseling field, it will assist making well-targeted choices and takes into account significant cultural and geographic regional differentiation.

TOMASZ MARIUSZ WOŁONCIEJ

is assistant professor at

the Department of Experimental Psychology of the John Paul II Catholic University of Lublin, Poland.

ANNA PASZKOWSKA-ROGACZ

is associate professor

at the Department of Business Psychology and Career Counselling of the University of Lodz.

is a senior research associate in the

Department of Politics at the University of Hradec Králové, Czech Republic, and former ambassador to Lebanon.

MARCIN BROCKI

is the head of the Institute of Ethnology

and Cultural Anthropology at the Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland. $50.00 / £40.00 paper 978-83-233-4420-9 $45.00 / £35.00 paper 978-83-233-4370-7

J U LY 176 pages / 6.9" x 9.8" / 10 color illustrations, 7 b&w illustrations,

J U LY 160 pages / 6.22" x 9.25"

30 charts

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

E D U C AT I O N

94 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Resilience and Health

Integrating the Resource-Based and Transaction Cost Approaches

Challenges for an Individual, Family, and Community

MARTA GANCARCZYK

TADEUSZ M. OSTROWSKI, BOGUSŁAWA PIASECKA, AND

This book contributes to the emerging research on the growth process of firms, with a focus on the expansion of small- and medium-sized enterprises.

A comprehensive approach to small-firm growth, it draws upon empirical findings of the characteristics and economic importance of high-growth enterprises, integrating the resource-based view of the firm and transaction-cost theory.

MARTA GANCARCZYK

is associate professor at the

Institute of Economics, Finance, and Management at the

KRZYSZTOF GERC, EDITORS

Resilience and Health presents a wide-ranging scientific dialogue on resilience issues: theoretical and philosophical contexts in the perspective of lifespan developmental psychology, the experience of chronic disease and disability, and family and social settings.

TADEUSZ MARIAN OSTROWSKI

is associate professor

at the Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland, where he is head of the Developmental and Health Psychology Department of the Institute of Applied Psychology.

BOGUSŁAWA PIASECKA

and KRZYSZTOF GERC are

assistant professors in this department.

$50.00 / £40.00 paper 978-83-233-4377-6

$50.00 / £40.00 paper 978-83-233-4394-3

S E P T E M B E R 206 pages / 6.22" x 9.25" / 9 b&w figures

S E P T E M B E R 256 pages / 6.22" x 9.25" / 9 b&w figures

ECONOMICS

P S YC H O LO G Y

FOR SALE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD

Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland.

JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS

The Process of SME Growth

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 95

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Power of Finance

Financialization and the Real Economy MALCOLM SAWYER

Finance has long been an integral part of the capitalist economy, yet since the 1970s the realm of finance has burgeoned, reaching well beyond its traditional funding roles. These processes of financialization have occurred alongside globalization and the continued dominance of a neoliberal ideology about the role of markets. Finance now reaches into all aspects of economic life, from the everyday activity of the individual to the behavior of corporations and the decisions made for society as a whole. The power and fragility of the financial sector are seen in the simple fact that when things go wrong, it can bring down banks, currencies, and governments, plunging countries into generations of debt and hardship.

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

The Power of Finance explores the pervasive forms that financialization has taken, its rise as a global phenomenon, its impact on economic growth, its effect on businesses, and the costs that we pay. Malcolm Sawyer, a leading authority on financialization, gives an unrivaled overview of the development of financialization and its role both as an enabler and as a driver of inequality. He asks whether finance has become a burden to growth and what, if anything, can be done to tame and control its power. For anyone who wants to understand why the financial crisis occurred and why nothing much has changed, this is essential reading.

MALCOLM SAWYER

is emeritus professor of economics at the

University of Leeds. He is lead coordinator of the EU-funded fiveyear project Financialization, Economy, Society, and Sustainable Development. He was founding editor of the International Review of Applied Economics and he is the author of a dozen books, including, most recently, Can the Euro Survive?

$35.00* cloth 978-1-911116-95-0 J A N U A R Y 320 pages / 6" x 9" ECONOMICS / POLITICS

96 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Race and the Undeserving Poor

The Age of Populism

ROBBIE SHILLIAM

CATHERINE FIESCHI

Over recent years, British tabloid readers have become familiar with the concept of the “white working class,” “left behind” by metropolitan elites in their multicultural enclaves. This racialized narrative was weaponized to fuel the anti-immigrant rhetoric of the Brexit campaign and has emerged in the campaigns of Trump, Le Pen, and others, gaining traction and legitimacy in the guise of economic populism. This book examines the historical development of a shifting postcolonial settlement in which the racialization of the “deserving” and “undeserving” poor persists, and through which the white working class emerges.

Robbie Shilliam shows that the white working class is a product of the struggles to consolidate and defend British imperial order. The book warns that by re-racializing the deserving poor as white, the political class is risking the well-being of all working classes and undermining progress toward a multicultural Britain.

Populism, or the political ideology that pits the people against elites, is proving a powerful and disruptive force. Commentators have turned to populism to explain the success of parties such as UKIP and France’s National Front and the election of Donald Trump. In this book, Catherine Fieschi examines why populist parties have become a feature of our politics. Populism’s appeal, she argues, needs to be understood as a response to the fundamental reshaping of our political, economic, and social spheres through globalization and the digital revolution. She shows how new dynamics unleashed by social media have been harnessed by populism, enabling it to make inroads into the political landscape.

From Abolition to Brexit

CATHERINE FIESCHI

is founder and executive director of

Counterpoint, a London-based consultancy on social and cultural dynamics. She is a senior research fellow at the Institute for Global Prosperity, University College London and a senior fellow of the London School of Economics.

is professor in the department of

political science at Johns Hopkins University.

$30.00* paper 978-1-788210-38-6 $90.00 cloth 978-1-788210-37-9

$25.00* paper 978-1-788210-25-6 $90.00 cloth 978-1-788210-24-9

A U G U S T 224 pages / 6" x 9"

N O V E M B E R 224 pages / 6" x 9"

POLITICS

POLITICS

B U I L D I N G P R O G R E S S I V E A LT E R N AT I V E S

CO M PA R AT I V E P O L I T I C A L E CO N O M Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

ROBBIE SHILLIAM

Representation and Its Discontents

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 97

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Gig Economy

The Sex Economy

The “gig economy” is a relatively recent term coined to describe a range of working arrangements that have previously been denoted as precarious, flexible, and contingent. Proponents of flexible working arrangements point to the opportunities the gig economy offers and to how technology is changing the nature of work; those against it fear that it is simply driven by the corporate need to cut costs and reduce the legal responsibilities that accompany a permanent workforce. In this concise overview, Alex de Ruyter and Martyn Brown explain the key facets of the gig economy and explore the dangers and potential it affords. Drawing on recent case studies from the UK, Europe, and the United States, it offers an authoritative guide through the theories and issues that surround the gig economy.

Sex work is increasingly often discussed both as a legitimate business in which women have control and as employment comparable to other forms of low-paid work.

Drawing on extensive and detailed research, Monica O’Connor challenges the suggestion that the sale of women’s bodies as commodities can ever be acceptable. She disproves the claim that sex work is a lucrative occupation and lays bare the harm that “normalizing” the sex trade does on women’s lives, gender equality, and society as a whole, exposing the realities that constrain women locked in prostitution and debunking the notions of choice and agency.

ALEX DE RUYTER AND MARTYN BROWN

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

ALEX DE RUYTER

is a professor and director of research at

MONICA O’CONNOR

MONICA O’CONNOR

is research manager at the Equality

Studies Centre, University College Dublin. She is the author and coauthor of numerous publications, including the first comprehensive study of trafficking and the commercial sex trade in Ireland.

Birmingham City University Business School.

MARTYN BROWN

is senior lecturer in organization studies

at Birmingham City University and visiting lecturer at the University of Birmingham. His interest in the gig economy stems from a number of years spent as a professional musician where short-term, one-off paid engagements are the norm.

$25.00* paper 978-1-788210-05-8 $70.00 cloth 978-1-788210-04-1

$35.00 paper 978-1-788210-12-6

D E C E M B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8"

O C T O B E R 160 pages / 5" x 8"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS / GENDER STUDIES

T H E E C O N O M Y: K E Y I D E A S

T H E G E N D E R E D E CO N O M Y

98 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Collective Bargaining and Gender Equality

JANE PILLINGER AND NORA WINTOUR

JANE PILLINGER

JAMES HEINTZ

Choices made in macroeconomic policies—such as government spending, taxation, monetary policy, and financial regulation— have distinct distributive consequences for women and men. They also shape the constraints within which efforts to advance gender equality must operate. Beyond consideration of distributive outcomes, the unpaid and nonmarket work that women perform—running a household, bringing up children—is unrecognized and uncounted in macroeconomic variables, although the economic consequences of these unpaid activities are far-reaching. James Heintz tackles the shortcomings of macroeconomics in relation to gender dynamics and challenges the dominant methods and measurements, suggesting new ways of framing macroeconomic concepts.

JAMES HEINTZ

is Andrew Glyn Professor of Economics at

the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

is senior research fellow in the Depart-

ment of Social Policy and Criminology at the Open University.

NORA WINTOUR

is an independent researcher, writer,

and policy advisor on child labor, women in the informal economy, workers’ rights, and gender inequality.

$35.00 paper 978-1-788210-76-8

$35.00 paper 978-1-788210-63-8

N O V E M B E R 176 pages / 5" x 8"

D E C E M B E R 160 pages / 5" x 8"

ECONOMICS / GENDER STUDIES

ECONOMICS

THE GENDERED ECONOMY

T H E G E N D E R E D E CO N O M Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

Women constitute the largest number of low-paid, part-time workers in precarious employment in both the developed and developing world. Historically, collective bargaining through unionization has been a major force in negotiating and delivering social justice, decent work, and fair wages.

In this short, policy-oriented book, Jane Pillinger and Nora Wintour present data and evidence that demonstrate the complex and expanding areas of global action and policy making for women’s rights. They explore how the feminization of unions in both developing and developed countries is changing their bargaining agenda and the recent policy developments in institutions such as the EU and UN, and they propose a vision for the development of collective bargaining as a tool for equality in the workplace.

The Gendered Macroeconomy

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 9 9

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The Resource Curse

The Economy of the Gulf States

The “resource curse,” or “paradox of plenty,” refers to the long-established notion that countries rich in natural resources perform less well economically than countries with fewer natural resources. This short primer explores the complexities of this idea and the debates that surround it. Discussion ranges over the nature of resource booms, the benefits and costs of export-led growth, the problems of deindustrialization and manufacturing-base erosion, rent-seeking behavior and corruption, and the empirical evidence of the effects of natural-resource dependence on growth. The Resource Curse offers an accessible and authoritative introduction to one of the most perplexing issues of economic growth.

Examining Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates, Matthew Gray provides a synthesis of economic history and political economy. Focusing on the period since 1945 and especially on the last twenty years, he outlines the main factors to have shaped these diverse nations, including problems of state formation and elite legitimacy, the role of oil and energy, the wider international political setting, and constraints to economic reform. The book explores the personalization of economics; the roles of women, youth, and expatriate workers; climate change and environmental problems; and income distribution. Concluding with an analysis of future challenges to the Gulf State economies, this book provides a fascinating and insightful overview suitable for a range of students and professionals.

S. MANSOOB MURSHED

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

S. MANSOOB MURSHED

is professor of the economics of

peace and conflict at the International Institute of Social Studies at Erasmus University in the Netherlands and professor of economics at Coventry University in the UK.

MATTHEW GRAY

MATTHEW GRAY

is associate professor in the School of

International Liberal Studies at Waseda University, Tokyo.

His books include Global Security Watch: Saudi Arabia (2014); Qatar: Politics and the Challenges of Development (2013); and Conspiracy Theories in the Arab World (2010).

$25.00* paper 978-1-911116-49-3 $70.00 cloth 978-1-911116-48-6

$25.00* paper 978-1-788210-01-0 $90.00 cloth 978-1-788210-00-3

O C T O B E R 192 pages / 5.5" x 8"

J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 5.5" x 8"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS / MIDDLE EAST STUDIES

T H E E C O N O M Y: K E Y I D E A S

WO R L D E CO N O M I E S

100 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

Rethinking Global Labour

The Economics of Construction

RONALDO MUNCK

NOBLE FRANCIS

Ronaldo Munck offers a sober appraisal of how globalization has created a new global working class through the massive acceleration of capital accumulation and, concomitantly, has increased the insecurity and precarious nature of most employment.

The so-called precariat may be seen as a novel and threatening idea for the northern hemisphere, but for workers of the South this is what might be deemed the default condition. Munck suggests that we are now moving beyond categories of North and South as workers of the world share the effects of global capitalism and the lessons to be learned.

The construction of housing, commercial property, and infrastructure projects for both the private and public sectors is one of the biggest industries in the world. Stephen Gruneberg and Noble Francis, two of the UK’s leading construction economists, present an up-to-date analysis of the construction industry’s business model and the risks and challenges the industry faces. The book explores the many distinctive features of the economics of the industry and looks at individual projects ranging from the construction of Dubai’s Yas Island to building a local hospital. It offers authoritative analysis and expert insight suitable for students in both business schools and departments of architecture and the built environment.

Towards a New Social Settlement

is head of civic engagement at Dublin

development at the University of Liverpool and St. Mary's

NOBLE FRANCIS

University, Nova Scotia. He has authored or edited more

Projects Association, London. He is also a visiting professor

is economics director at the Construction

than thirty books, including Contemporary Latin America

in the Faculty of Architecture and the Built Environment at

(third edition, 2012) and, most recently, Marx 2020: After the

the Univerity of Westminster.

Crisis (2016).

STEPHEN GRUNEBERG

is reader in construction economics

in the Faculty of Architecture and the Built Environment at the University of Westminster. He has written several books on the economics of the construction sector, most recently Programme Procurement: Lessons from London 2012 (with John Mead).

$30.00* paper 978-1-788211-05-5 $90.00 cloth 978-1-788211-04-8

$25.00* paper 978-1-788210-15-7 $70.00 cloth 978-1-788210-14-0 N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 5.5" x 8"

O C T O B E R 288 pages / 6" x 9"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

T H E E CO N O M I C S O F B I G B U S I N E S S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

RONALDO MUNCK

City University and a visiting professor of international

STEPHEN GRUNEBERG AND

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 101

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G

The European Single Market JOHN-PAUL SALTER

Crucial to the European Union’s economic system is the single market: the vast trading area within and around which goods, people, services, and capital move freely. This short book aims to illuminate the concept and critically examine its role. The book first examines the theory underpinning the idea of a single market before exploring in depth how it works, what is traded (and what is not), and how rules are enforced.

Throughout, Salter shows how the single market is tightly bound with other areas of EU policy and can only be understood within a broader EU social, macroeconomic, and public-policy framework.

JOHN-PAUL SALTER

is a visiting lecturer in public policy at

F O R S A L E O N LY I N N O R T H A N D S O U T H A M E R I C A

King's College London.

Property, Social Action, and the Legal-Economic Nexus

JOSEF SIMA

Property rights, once at the heart of classical economic orthodoxy, have been all but disregarded by today’s economists. Josef Sima shows that although the concept of property has been a focal point of the discipline of law and economics, the role it has played is fundamentally problematic and a more meaningful and relevant theory of property can be found in the writings of Carl Menger. The book shows the importance of entrepreneurially driven social order and challenges the mainstream view that monopolistic structures and legal centralism are necessary parts of a society’s legal-economic nexus.

JOSEF SIMA

is professor of economics and president of the

Cevro Institute, Prague.

$25.00 paper 978-1-788210-66-9 $70.00 cloth 978-1-788210-65-2

$90.00 cloth 978-1-788210-43-0

J A N U A R Y 176 pages / 5.5" x 8"

J A N U A R Y 224 pages / 6" x 9"

ECONOMICS

ECONOMICS

T H E E C O N O M Y: K E Y I D E A S

AU S T R I A N E CO N O M I C S

102 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Security Relations of Europe’s Reluctant Leader

SVEN BERNHARD GAREIS AND

Russia, the European Union, and NATO

Is a “New Normal” Possible?

MICHAEL STAACK

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Germany’s New Partners

MATTHEW RHODES, EDITORS

In the wake of the 2008 financial crisis Germany became Europe’s most influential nation-state. This book aims to provide a comparative assessment of how this is reflected in the country’s bilateral security relationships with key global and regional partners. Prepared by an international team of scholars, it offers unique, in-depth perspectives on the ways these evolving interactions affect the prospects for addressing recent and emerging security challenges.

SVEN BERNHARD GAREIS

is deputy dean of the George

Russia, the European Union, and NATO still share some important common interests that need to be given greater attention.

A return to strategic partnership is not conceivable without resolving the Ukraine conflict, but prudent management of the antagonism in order to keep open the prospect of a peaceful new normal is crucial.

At the same time, it is important to keep in mind that the persistent volatility of the international environment could further complicate this already difficult process.

MICHAEL STAACK

is a professor at Helmut-Schmidt-

C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Garmisch-

University / University of the Federal Armed Forces,

Partenkirchen, Germany.

Hamburg, Germany.

MATTHEW RHODES

is professor at the George C. Marshall

$58.00 cloth 978-3-8474-2184-9

$16.00 paper 978-3-8474-2177-1

J U N E 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

M AY 37 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

I N T E R N AT I O N A L A N D S E C U R I T Y S T U D I E S

WIFIS AKTUELL

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

European Center for Security Studies.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 103

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Early Science Education

Goals and Process-Related Quality Criteria for Science Teaching

Leadership in Early Education in Times of Change PETRA STREHMEL, JOHANNA HEIKKA,

HAUS DER KLEINEN FORSCHER

EEVA HUJALA, JILLIAN GRAY RODD,

FOUNDATION, EDITORS

MANJULA WANIGANAYAKE, EDITORS

This volume focuses on the goals of science education at the levels of children, earlychildhood professionals, and pedagogical staff at after-school centers and primary schools, as well as on process-related quality criteria for science teaching at pre-primary and primary level.

THE NONPROFIT HAUS DER KLEINEN FORSCHER FOUNDATION

is committed to good early education in

the domains of science, technology, computer science, and mathematics with the aim of strengthening children for the future and enabling them to act in a sustainable way.

This collection brings together the latest work of researchers from Australia, Africa, Asia, and Europe focusing on early-childhood leadership matters. Thus, the publication covers different aspects of leadership in early education: professional education and development, identity, and leadership strategies, as well as governance and leadership under different frame conditions. These first international comparative studies are pioneering for the development of a generalized knowledge base on leadership in early education.

PATRA STREHMEL

is professor at the Hamburg University

for Applied Science.

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

JOHANNA HEIKKA

is a professor at the University of

Tampere, Finland.

EEVA HUJALA

is a professor at the University of Tampere

and adjunct professor at the University of Eastern Finland.

JILLIAN GRAY RODD

is an independent educational

consultant specializing in aspects of leadership in educational organizations.

MANJULA WANIGANAYAKE

is a professor at the University

of Macquarie, Sydney, Australia. $30.00 paper 978-3-8474-0559-7 M AY 267 pages / 6.7" x 9.5" E D U C AT I O N S C I E N T I F I C S T U D I E S O N T H E WO R K O F T H E “ H AU S D E R K L E I N E N F O R S C H E R ” F O U N DAT I O N

104 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

$52.00 paper 978-3-8474-2199-3 D E C E M B E R 270 pages / 5.8" x 8.3" E D U C AT I O N

Population Changes and Socioeconomic Impact of Two Divided Nations in the Light of Reunification BERNHARD KÖPPEN AND NORBERT F. SCHNEIDER

Korea and Germany are commonly described as emblematic examples of divided nations. But while Korea is still divided, Germany has gone through a peaceful unification. This book offers a unique comparative study on demographic change in these divided countries. It also investigates the developments after Germany’s unification. Based on the demographic insights gleaned from one merged society it asks about their use and limits for a possible Korean reunification. and NORBERT F. SCHNEIDER are

Identities, Codes, Stereotypes, and Politics ANDREEA ZAMFIRA, CHRISTIAN DE MONTLIBERT, AND DANIELA RADU, EDITORS

This book is about the interplay among identities, codes, stereotypes, and politics governing the various constructions and deconstructions of gender in several western and nonwestern societies, including Germany, Italy, Serbia, Romania, Cameroon, Indonesia, Vietnam, and others. Readers are invited to discover the realm of gender studies and to reflect upon the transformative potentialities of globalization and interculturality.

ANDREEA ZAMFIRA

is assistant professor at the Lucian

Blaga University of Sibiu, Romania.

CHRISTIAN DE MONTLIBERT

DANIELA RADU

is an independent researcher.

(BiB), Germany.

$49.00 paper 978-3-8474-2152-8

is emeritus professor at the

Marc Bloch University of Strasbourg, France.

$58.00 cloth 978-3-8474-2183-2

M AY 127 pages / 6.7" x 9.5"

M AY 260 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

SOCIAL SCIENCE

GENDER STUDIES

FOR SALE IN NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND AUSTRALIA / NEW ZEALAND

BERNHARD KÖPPEN

professors at the Federal Institute for Population Research

Gender in Focus

BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS

Demographics of Korea and Germany

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 5

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

A Medical History of Hong Kong

Classical Chinese Medicine

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

Translated by Gabriel Weiss and Henry A. Buchtel

1942–2015

LIU LIHONG

with Sabine Wilms “This book presents an unbiased and scientific F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

analysis of events which prompted the authorities and the public to consider, evaluate, and ultimately

Edited by Heiner Fruehauf “Fifteen years after its initial publication, it is more

implement policies that resulted in the gradual

than time to bring this seminal work to Western

improvement of the healthcare system in Hong

readers.”

Kong.”

—Heiner Fruehauf, National College of Natural Medicine

—Rosie T. T. Young, University of Hong Kong

This book gives an account of Hong Kong’s medical and health development from the Second World War to the present day, investigating how medical and health services grew and adapted as Hong Kong’s political and socioeconomic landscape—and the world beyond it—changed. The author is a clinician-scientist rather than a social scientist; her writing is based on firsthand knowledge as well as meticulous research via the archives of available government publications, other literature, and media reports.

This book is a sequel to A Medical History of Hong Kong: 1842–1941.

MOIRA M. W. CHAN-YEUNG

is professor emeritus of

medicine at the University of British Columbia and honorary professor of medicine at the University of Hong Kong.

This book uses simple language to explain the essence of Shanghanlun (Treatise on Cold Damage), a monumental ancient medical classic, paired with cases the author encountered during years of practicing Chinese medicine, allowing readers to understand the melding of theory and practice and philosophical views of nature and life. The author’s concise writing style leads readers to the core of Chinese medicine.

LIU LIHONG

is professor at Guangxi University of

Traditional Chinese Medicine.

GABRIEL WEISS

is naturopathic doctorate of the National

College of Natural Medicine.

HENRY A. BUCHTEL SABINE WILMS

is an acupuncturist and herbalist.

teaches at the School of Classical Chinese

Medicine, National University of Natural Medicine.

HEINER FRUEHAUF

is founding professor of the School of

Classical Chinese Medicine.

$49.00 cloth 978-988-237-085-2

$90.00 cloth 978-988-237-057-9

F E B R U A R Y 290 pages / 6" x 9"

F E B R U A R Y 704 pages / 6" x 9"

H I S TO R Y

M E D I C A L / H I S TO R Y

106 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Chinese Philosophy in the Contemporary World: A Festschrift in Honour of Donald J. Munro YANMING AN AND BRIAN J. BRUYA,

Gao Village Revisited

Whither Rural China MOBO C. F. GAO

“Through a look at Gao villagers, including the ethnographer’s own family and extended kin, we are able to see the decline of agriculture and the

“Munro was more than an intellectual mentor. . . . [He]

integration of rural people into an urban economy.

has been an unfailing source of wisdom, inspiration,

We get an in-depth look at how rural people have

and support.”

prospered in this informal economy, but we also see

—Robert Eno, Indiana University

“Munro’s hallmark as a teacher was the absence of

them confronting new sources of stress and strain even as their material living standard rises.”

—Ellen Oxfeld, Middlebury College

an official ideology and an open and welcoming tolerance to differences of opinion.”

—Chad Hansen, University of Hong Kong

Over five decades, Donald J. Munro has been one of the most important voices in sinological philosophy. In this volume, Munro’s students and scholars influenced by him celebrate his body of work in essays that reflect on Munro’s mentorship and intellectual influence and extend his legacy.

YANMING AN

is professor of Chinese and philosophy at

Clemson University. He is the author of The Idea of Cheng (Sincerity/Reality) in the History of Chinese Philosophy (2008).

This is a close study of Gao Village twenty years after the author, an anthropologist and native of the village, wrote his original ethnography, Gao Village. It combines ethnographic analysis, personal vignettes, and a number of fascinating stories, which present a convincing yet complex picture of how Gao villagers interact with the outside world. With his sympathetic insider’s approach, the author argues that rural Chinese display great entrepreneurship; they are active contributors to China’s economic boom.

MOBO C. F. GAO

BRIAN J. BRUYA

is professor in the Department of History

is chair of Chinese studies in the Depart-

ment of Asian Studies at the University of Adelaide. He has

and Philosophy at Eastern Michigan University and center

published several books, including the critically acclaimed

associate in the University of Michigan’s Lieberthal-Rogel

Gao Village: Rural Life in Modern China (1999).

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARRIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, AND NEW ZEALAND

EDITORS

CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS

New Life for Old Ideas

Center for Chinese Studies.

$52.00 cloth 978-988-237-052-4

$45.00 cloth 978-962-996-578-5

F E B R U A R Y 416 pages / 6" x 9"

D E C E M B E R 230 pages / 6" x 9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

A N T H R O P O LO G Y

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 107

C O N S T E L L AT I O N S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Dune

Mad Max

David Lynch’s Dune (1984) is the film that science fiction—and the director’s fans—can neither forgive nor forget. Frank Herbert’s novel built a universe around the struggle for control of the desert planet Arrakis and its mystical “spice.” After several attempts to produce a film, movie mogul Dino De Laurentiis would enlist David Lynch, whose Eraserhead (1977) and The Elephant Man (1980) had already marked him out as a visionary director. What emerged is a unique vision of the distant future; an eclectic bazaar of wood-turned spaceship interiors, spitting tyrants, and dream montages—only with time becoming a cult classic. This book is the first long-form critical study of the film. It delves into the relationship with the novel, the rapidly changing context of early 1980s science fiction, and Lynch’s attempt to breathe sincerity and mysticism into a blockbuster movie format that was shifting radically around him.

Mad Max (1979) is a freak picture. Too classy and well-crafted to be lumped in with low-budget Ozploitation titles, yet completely unlike other films made during the 1970s Australian New Wave, George Miller’s directorial debut is a singular piece of action cinema, one that had a major cultural impact and spawned a movie icon in Max Rockatansky (played by Mel Gibson).

This monograph examines the film’s formal qualities in detail, including Miller’s theory of cinema as “visual rock ‘n’ roll” and his marriage of classical Hollywood editing and Soviet-style montage. Taking in everything from the film’s extremely controversial critical reception to its legacy today via a string of sequels and the creation of an entire subgenre—postapocalyptic action— the book is for film students and fans alike.

CHRISTIAN McCREA

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

CHRISTIAN McCREA

is a lecturer in the School of Design at

MARTYN CONTERIO

MARTYN CONTERIO

is an author and critic based in

London. He is the author of Black Sunday in Auteur's Devil's Advocates series and writes for, among others, Little White Lies, Total Film, the British Film Institute, and the Guardian.

RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia.

$15.00* paper 978-1-911325-82-6 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-83-3

$15.00* paper 978-1-911325-86-4 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-87-1

J A N U A R Y 112 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

J A N U A R Y 112 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

CO N S T E L L AT I O N S

CO N S T E L L AT I O N S

108 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

D E V I L ’ S A D V O C AT E S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

The Devils

M

The most notorious title in director Ken Russell’s controversial filmography, The Devils (1973) caused a furor on its initial theatrical release, only to largely disappear for many years. This Devil’s Advocate considers the film’s historical context, its authorship and adaptation (the screenplay is based on John Whiting’s 1961 play of the same name, which was in turn based on Aldous Huxley’s 1952 book The Devils of Loudun), and its generic hybridity. Darren Arnold goes on to examine the themes prevalent in the film—this is the only film of Russell’s that the director considered to be political—and considers the representation of gender and sexuality, gender fluidity, and how sex and religion clash to interesting and controversial effect. He concludes by revisiting the film’s censorship travails, and the various versions of The Devils that have appeared on both big and small screens, and the film’s legacy and influence.

Fritz Lang’s first sound feature, M (1931), is one of the earliest serial-killer films. It laid the foundation for future horror movies and thrillers, particularly those with a disturbed killer as protagonist. Peter Lorre’s child killer, Hans Beckert, is presented as monstrous yet sympathetic, building on earlier German Expressionist films like The Cabinet of Dr. Caligari. Lang eerily foreshadowed the rising fascist horrors in German society.

Samm Deighan explores the way Lang uses horror and thriller tropes in M, particularly in terms of how it functions as a bridge between German Expressionism and Hollywood’s growing fixation on sympathetic killers. The book also examines how Lang made use of developments in forensic science and the criminal-justice system to portray a serial killer, at once capturing how society viewed such individuals and shaping how they would be portrayed on screen in the horror films to come.

DARREN ARNOLD

is a writer and film critic who has

SAMM DEIGHAN

is associate editor of Diabolique Magazine

contributed to Sight & Sound, Metro, and Hotdog magazine,

and cohost of the Daughters of Darkness podcast. She is the

as well as a number of books on horror cinema.

editor of Lost Girls: The Phantasmagorical Cinema of Jean Rollin (2017).

$15.00* paper 978-1-911325-75-8 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-76-5

$15.00* paper 978-1-911325-77-2 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-78-9

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

FILM

FILM

D E V I L ' S A DVO C AT E S

D E V I L’ S A DVO C AT E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

DARREN ARNOLD

SAMM DEIGHAN

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 10 9

D E V I L ’ S A D V O C AT E S

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Creepshow

SIMON BROWN

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

Creepshow (1982) is typically regarded as a minor entry in both the film output of George A. Romero and the history of adaptations of the works of Stephen King, too mainstream for the director of Dawn of the Dead (1978), too comic for the author that gave audiences Carrie (1976) and The Shining (1980), and too violent for a public turning away from gore cinema. Creepshow is here reassessed by Simon Brown, who examines the making and release of the film and its legacy. His analysis focuses on the key influences on the film, the relationship between horror and humor, and the tradition of horror comics, from which the film draws both its thematic preoccupations and its visual style. The book argues not only that is Creepshow a major work in the canons of Romero and King but also that it represents a significant example of the portmanteau horror film, blending horror and comedy and attempting to re-create a comic book aesthetic on the big screen.

SIMON BROWN

Studying Horror Cinema BRYAN TURNOCK

Aimed at teachers and students new to the subject, Studying Horror Cinema is a comprehensive survey of the genre from silent cinema to its twenty-first-century resurgence. Structured as a series of thirteen case studies of easily accessible films, it covers the historical, production, and cultural context of each film, together with detailed textual analysis of key sequences.

Sitting alongside such acknowledged classics as Psycho and Rosemary’s Baby are analyses of influential non-English-language films such as Kwaidan, Bay of Blood, and Let the Right One In. The author concludes with a chapter on 2017’s blockbuster It, the most financially successful horror film of all time, making Studying Horror Cinema the most up-to-date overview of the genre available.

BRYAN TURNOCK

has an MA in film studies from Sheffield

Hallam University, UK, and is a freelance writer currently based in Australia. A lifelong horror fan, this is his first book.

is associate professor of film and television

at Kingston University. His most recent book is Screening Stephen King: Adaptation and Horror Genre in Film and Television (2018). $15.00* paper 978-1-911325-91-8 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-92-5 J A N U A R Y 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

$25.00 paper 978-1-911325-88-8 $80.00 cloth 978-1-911325-89-5 $24.99 e-book 978-1-911325-90-1

FILM

N O V E M B E R 256 pages / 6" x 9.25" / 50 b&w Illustrations

D E V I L ' S A DVO C AT E S

FILM

110 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

AUTEUR PUBLISHING

Studying The Hurt Locker

Studying Feminist Film Theory

TERRI MURRAY

In this vibrant and dynamic study, Terence McSweeney offers an exploration of The Hurt Locker (2009), its stylistic and narrative devices, its cultural impact, its reception, and its relationship to the genre of the war film. McSweeney places the film in a richly textured historical, political, and industrial context, arguing that The Hurt Locker is part of a long tradition of films about American wars that play a considerable role in how audiences come to understand the conflicts that they depict. Films about a nation’s wars are never “only a movie” but rather should be considered a cultural battleground on which a war of representation is waged.

This book is aimed at helping media and film-studies teachers introduce the basics of feminist film theory. No prior knowledge of feminist theory is required. Areas of emphasis include spectatorship, narrative, and ideology. Many illustrative case studies from popular cinema are used to offer students an opportunity to consider the connotations of visual and aural elements of film, narrative conflicts and oppositions, the implications of spectator “positioning” and viewer identification, and an ideological-critical approach to film. Explanations of key terminology and classroom exercises are included; each chapter begins with definitions and explanations of the concepts to be studied. Case studies include film noir, Kathryn Bigelow’s Strange Days, and the work of directors Spike Lee, Claire Denis, and Paul Verhoeven.

TERENCE MCSWEENEY

is senior lecturer in film and

television at Southampton Solent University. His books include Avengers Assemble! Critical Perspectives on the Marvel Cinematic Universe (2018) and The War on Terror and American Film: 9/11 Frames per Second (2014).

Studying Feminist Film Theory is a revised and expanded version of Feminist Film Studies: A Teacher’s Guide (Auteur, 2007).

TERRI MURRAY

studied film and television at NYU’s Tisch

School of the Arts. A former documentary filmmaker, she has taught film studies and written on film and philosophy for over twelve years.

$15.00 paper 978-1-911325-73-4 $14.99 e-book 978-1-911325-74-1 O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.5" x 7.5" / 24 b&w illustrations

$20.00 paper 978-1-911325-79-6 $60.00 cloth 978-1-911325-80-2 $19.99 e-book 978-1-911325-81-9

FILM

N O V E M B E R 192 pages / 6" x 9.25" / 30 b&w Illustrations

S T U DY I N G F I L M S

FILM

F O R S A L E O N LY I N A S I A , A U S T R A L I A , C A N A D A , T H E C A R I B B E A N , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , M E X I C O , N E W Z E A L A N D , S O U T H A M E R I C A , A N D T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S

TERENCE MCSWEENEY

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 111

IBIDEM PRESS

Fortune Favors the Bold

A Woman’s Odyssey through a Turbulent Century THEODORE MODIS

Illuminations on Market Street

(a story about sex and estrangement, AIDS and loss, and other preoccupations in San Francisco) BENJAMIN HEIM SHEPARD

“A woman’s amazing life.”

—Nicholas A. Gage, author of Eleni

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

In the early twentieth century, a teenage Greek girl in Constantinople loses both her parents and, together with her younger sister, gets thrown into a massive population exchange between Greece and Turkey. She ends up in a refugee camp in northern Greece. With determination she creates a life in her new country, becoming a teacher in a small mountain town near Greece’s northwestern border. She meets and marries a young lawyer from a historic and tragic Macedonian family. Her story extends through a century of war and peace and is peppered with likable characters, horrific events, and a love story. The reader will also get candid and authentic glimpses on the Balkan Wars, the Greek Civil War, the Turkish invasion of Cyprus, and the creation of the Former Yugoslavian Republic of Macedonia.

THEODORE MODIS

is the founder of the consulting com-

San Francisco in the early 1990s. Cab is on the deep end of a losing streak. After having been dumped yet again, he moves to Haight-Ashbury fresh out of college. It is the middle of a recession, before the dotcom boom, and AIDS is an immediate and untreatable reality. He finds himself working in a housing program for people with HIV/ AIDS. The entire city is reeling. His clients are dying. Cab records their every word. He starts drafting a narrative of every person with whom he’s slept: those who dropped him, those he adored, and those he let go of without a second thought, to reassess what he has left behind. In between girlfriends, acting up, attempts at romance, and trying to find his place in the greater San Francisco narrative, Cab is looking for something, tracing the interconnecting stories of everyone trying to find a space in the city.

BENJAMIN HEIM SHEPARD

is a professor of human

services at New York City College of Technology. His books include Rebel Friendships, The Beach Beneath the Streets,

pany Growth Dynamics in Geneva and author or coauthor of

and From ACT UP to the WTO: Urban Protest and Community

over one hundred articles and several books.

Building in the Era of Globalization.

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1197-8

$25.00 paper 978-3-8382-1211-1

O C T O B E R 372 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 352 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

L I T E R AT U R E

L I T E R AT U R E

112 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

IBIDEM PRESS

The SCOPUS Diaries and the (Il)logics of Academic Survival

A Short Guide to Design Your Own Strategy and Survive Bibliometrics, Conferences, and Unreal Expectations in Academia ABEL POLESE

“A must-read if you are in academia and do not yet

—Heiko Pleines, University of Bremen

“An indispensable guide for early researchers who often find it difficult to balance academic life with their nonacademic passions.”

—Rajan Kumar, Jahawaral Nehru University

“Polese’s demystification of peer review and the highstakes gambit of academic publishing is well overdue.

He lifts the lid on both overall strategies and the no less important nitty-gritty aspects.”

—Jeremy Morris, Aarhus University

Now that academics are required to be teachers, managers, analysts, fundraisers, and social media animals, how do you strike a good balance between what is expected from you and what you want to do? This book is intended to help scholars to think strategically about their own career.

ABEL POLESE

Philosophical and Historical Reflections on Food and Dining in Culture DONALD PHILLIP VERENE

The Science of Cookery and the Art of Eating Well is a philosophical and historical reflection on food and dining in human culture.

It includes discussions of the nature of the first meals as found in Greek literature, the Roman cookbook of Apicius (the first known cookbook), the cookbook of Artusi, and Brillat-Savarin’s Physiology of Taste.

These discussions are joined with contemporary observations on the importance of the traditions of home cooking and dining with friends as essential to the promotion of human well-being.

DONALD PHILLIP VERENE

is Charles Howard Candler

Professor of Metaphysics and Moral Philosophy, director of the Institute for Vico Studies at Emory University, and a fellow of the Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei. Among his recent books are Vico’s New Science: A Philosophical Commentary and James Joyce and the Philosophers at Finnegans Wake.

is a scholar, development worker, writer, and

wannabe musician. He works at Dublin City University. $25.00 paper 978-3-8382-1198-5 $16.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7198-9 $25.00 paper 978-3-8382-1199-2

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

F O O D S T U D I E S / H I S TO R Y

E D U C AT I O N

S T U D I E S I N M E D I C A L P H I LO S O P H Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

have a tenured position.”

The Science of Cookery and the Art of Eating Well

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 113

IBIDEM PRESS

Rethinking Medical Ethics

Patient Safety

Concepts and Principles

The Relevance of Logic in Medical Care

JEAN-PIERRE CLERO

ALEXANDER L. GUNGOV

“Clero here deepens the critical inquiry he has made

Translated by Tatiana Tzarvulanova

into traditional categories of ethics. . . . A sharp and stimulating book.”

—Thierry Belleguic, Laval University

“Clero shows how a broad-minded utilitarianism F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

proves surprisingly congenial to the promotion of intimacy in relations of care, inside and outside of medical contexts.”

—Peter Niesen, University of Hamburg

Jean-Pierre Clero examines medical ethics from a philosophical perspective, developing a theory that focuses on the values of intimacy.

JEAN-PIERRE CLERO

is emeritus professor of philosophy

at the University of Rouen.

Of the thousands of medical errors committed on a daily basis, in the bulk of unfortunate clinical decisions, a significant share pertains to various logical flows and epistemological fallacies. By focusing on the logical dimensions of clinical medicine, Alexander L. Gungov promotes awareness of the logical and epistemological traps that lie in the day-to-day care of patients. Such a focus not only allows us to avoid falling into them but also demonstrates the practical value of looking at medicine from a new philosophical perspective. This much-needed book will be of interest to medical practitioners, health policy makers, patients and their families, and advanced students and scholars in medicine, the medical humanities, medical epistemology, and the philosophy of medicine in general.

ALEXANDER L. GUNGOV

is professor of logic and

continental philosophy at the University of Sofia St. Kliment Ohridski. Gungov is the editor of Sofia Philosophical Review.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1194-7 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7194-1

$30.00 paper 978-3-8382-1213-5 $19.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7213-9

O C T O B E R 232 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

O C T O B E R 120 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

P H I LO S O P H Y / M E D I C A L

P H I LO S O P H Y / M E D I C A L

S T U D I E S I N M E D I C A L P H I LO S O P H Y

S T U D I E S I N M E D I C A L P H I LO S O P H Y

114 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

IBIDEM PRESS

The New Authoritarianism

A Risk Analysis of the Alt-Right Phenomenon ALAN WARING, EDITOR

“A most timely examination of the nature and rise of

Alexander Dubček Unknown (1921–1992)

The Life of a Slovak Hero JOSETTE BAER

“Based on archival material available to the English

the alt-right phenomenon.”

reader for the first time, Baer’s analysis probes

—Clodagh Harrington, De Montfort University

Dubček’s career.”

ALAN WARING

is an international risk-management con-

sultant on a range of corporate, strategic, and operational risk issues to government departments, institutions, and large corporation. His books include Corporate Risk and Governance (2013), and he is a contributor to the Risk Watch column in Financial Mirror.

—Stanislav Sikora, Institute of History, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Bratislava

Who was Alexander Dubček—a naïve apparatchik, an independent thinker, a courageous liberator, or a political dreamer?

Josette Baer’s biography focuses on Dubček’s childhood in Soviet Kirghizia, his participation in the Slovak uprising in 1944 against Nazi Germany and the Slovak clerical-fascist government, and his career in the Slovak Communist Party. It offers new insights into the political thought of the father of “Socialism with a Human Face,” based on archival material available to the Western reader for the first time.

JOSETTE BAER

is adjunct professor of political theory with

a focus on Central and Eastern European political thought at the Department of Philosophy of the University of Zurich (UZH), Switzerland.

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1153-4 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7153-8

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1126-8 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7126-2

N O V E M B E R 458 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 14 b&w illustrations

POLITICS

B I O G R A P H Y / H I S TO R Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This volume considers the new alt-right authoritarianism and whether it heralds elected dictatorships and abuses as well as dysfunctional government. Contributing authors representing an eclectic range of disciplines discuss the risks the alt-right poses to democracy, human rights, law and order, social welfare, racial harmony, the economy, national security, the environment, and international relations. They also propose potential strategies to limit the alt-right threat.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 115

IBIDEM PRESS

Imagined Geographies

Central European Spatial Narratives between 1984 and 2014 ALEKSANDRA KONARZEWSKA, MONIKA GLOSOWITZ, AND MAGDALENA BARAN-SZOŁTYS, EDITORS “The articles in this volume show how postsocialist literature moves back in time in order to revive a F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

cultural European center.”

—Schamma Schahadat, University of Tubingen

In 1984, Czech writer Milan Kundera’s essay “The Tragedy of Central Europe” established the framework for disputes about the space “between East and West” for the following thirty years. Discussing the way in which literary figures are positioned within new hierarchies such as gender, class, or ethnicity, this volume shows how the space of the imagined Central Europe has been de- and reconstructed.

MAGDALENA BARAN-SZOŁTYS

The Holocaust in Czechoslovak and Czech Feature Films ŠÁRKA SLADOVNÍKOVÁ

Translated by Nicholas Orsillo

Šárka Sladovníková analyzes the depiction of the Holocaust in Czechoslovak and Czech feature films. While she charts the social and cultural framework in which the films were made and how this framework changed, she also focuses on the cinematic language, the composition of and narration in each film, genre aspects of the films, and convention and innovation in presenting motifs and characters, such as the division of gender roles or the character of the “good German.” Particular attention is paid to the portrayal of stereotypes and countertypes in the films. ŠÁRKA SLADOVNÍKOVÁ

is a Ph.D. candidate at the

Department of Czech and Comparative Literature, Faculty of Arts, Charles University, Prague.

is a Ph.D. candidate at

the doctoral program Austrian Galicia and its Multicultural Heritage at the University of Vienna. MONIKA GLOSOWITZ is a teaching and research assistant at the Department of Comparative Literature of the University of Silesia.

ALEKSANDRA KONARZEWSKA

is a Ph.D. candidate at

the Institute of Slavic Languages and Literatures at the University of Tubingen.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1225-8 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7225-2

$35.00 paper 978-3-8382-1196-1 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7196-5

O C T O B E R 200 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 180 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 6 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

F I L M / H O LO C A U S T S T U D I E S

L I T E R AT U R E A N D C U LT U R E I N C E N T R A L A N D

L I T E R AT U R E A N D C U LT U R E I N C E N T R A L A N D

EASTERN EUROPE

EASTERN EUROPE

116 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

IBIDEM PRESS

World Literature in Motion Institution, Recognition, Location FLAIR DONGLAI SHI AND GARETH GUANMING TAN, EDITORS “An essential teaching and research resource for anyone who has lamented the Eurocentrism of the book-history establishment.”

—Sarah Brouillette, Carleton University

the complexities of doing research across languages and continents, this volume contributes substantially to making literary studies relevant in our global age.”

—Stefan Helgesson, Stockholm University

By bringing in different degrees of circulation in different regions and languages, this collection shows that while literary centers do exist, their power does not operate unilaterally, and modes of intercultural circulation also exist beyond their control.

World Literature in Motion highlights the fact that world literature is always already the product of certain modes of conceptual and material mobility and mediation.

FLAIR DONGLAI SHI

FEARGAL WHELAN

By providing a detailed analysis of the cultural environment into which Samuel Beckett was born, Feargal Whelan constructs a frequently ignored context for the body of Beckett’s work. Detailed analysis of works drawn from all genres and from all periods of Beckett’s oeuvre trace his engagement with Ireland and the impact of the country, its culture, and its landscape on his writing, from the direct social commentaries of the early prose to the haunted persistence of its memories in the later work.

FEARGAL WHELAN

has published widely on the works

of Samuel Beckett. He edits The Beckett Circle and is an associate researcher at University College Dublin’s Humanities Institute.

is a DPhil candidate in English at

the University of Oxford. GARETH GUANGMING TAN is a researcher at the Asia Competitiveness Institute of Lee Kuan Yew School of Public Policy, National University of Singapore.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1163-3 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7163-7

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1123-7 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7123-1

O C T O B E R 320 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 10 b&w illustrations

F E B R U A R Y 302 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 2 b&w illustrations

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

S T U D I E S I N WO R L D L I T E R AT U R E

S A M U E L B E C K E T T I N CO M PA N Y

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

“Up-to-date and theoretically savvy yet attentive to

Beckett and the Irish Protestant Imagination

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 117

IBIDEM PRESS

After Empire

Nationalist Imagination and Symbolic Politics in Russia and Eurasia in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Century IGOR TORBAKOV Foreword by Serhii Plokhy

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

Each of the twentieth century’s dramatic transformations, from the tsarist empire to the communist USSR to the present-day Russian Federation, powerfully affected the notion of what “Russia” is and what it means to be Russian. Alongside Russia’s political instability, there is, paradoxically, a striking picture of geopolitical stability and of remarkable longevity as an imperial entity with persistent pretense to the status of a great power. Igor Torbakov investigates the emergence and development of Eurasianism as a form of (post-)imperial ideology, the crucial role Ukraine has historically played for the Russians’ self-understanding, and contemporary Russian elites’ exercises in historical legitimation.

IGOR TORBAKOV

is a senior fellow at the Uppsala Institute

for Russian and Eurasian Studies and at the Swedish Institute

Jewish-Ukrainian Relations in Late and Post-Soviet Ukraine

Articles, Lectures, and Essays from 1986 to 2016 ALEKSANDR BURAKOVSKIY

“Burakovskiy has chronicled and criticized Ukraine’s evolution toward intolerance. His analyses will displease many—all the more reason to pay close attention to what he has to say.”

—John-Paul Himka, Professor Emeritus, University of Alberta

The collapse of the USSR provoked unease that long-underlying ethnic tensions could erupt in the post-Soviet world. Of particular concern in Ukraine was one of history’s fault lines—relations between Jews and Ukrainians. A writer and an activist during this period of change, Aleksandr Burakovskiy offers an overview of the hopes for inclusivity and the complicated reality that thwarted these hopes.

ALEKSANDR BURAKOVSKIY

chaired the Council of

Nationalities of Rukh–The Popular Movement of Ukraine, served on the board of directors of the VAAD-USSR, Ukraine, and was cofounder of the Sholom Aleichem Society in Kyiv.

of International Affairs.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1217-3 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7217-7

$40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1210-4 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7210-8

O C T O B E R 260 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

N O V E M B E R 250 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

H I S TO R Y

H I S TO R Y / J E W I S H S T U D I E S

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

118 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

IBIDEM PRESS

Higher Education in Post-Communist States

Civil Society in PostEuromaidan Ukraine OLGA BURLYUK AND

Political Institutions and Ethnic Conflicts in Contemporary Bulgaria

A. SALEM,

NATALIA SHAPOVALOVA,

PETAR CHOLAKOV

GARY HAZELDINE, AND

EDITORS

Comparative and Sociological Perspectives

DAVID MORGAN, EDITORS

A. SALEM

lectures in sociology

at Leeds Beckett University.

GARY HAZELDINE

lectures in sociol-

ogy at Birmingham City University.

DAVID MORGAN

“An important study for all “An important read for anyone involved in Ukrainian issues.”

interested in the eroding legitimacy of today’s politics that makes us reflect on Europe’s

—Oleh Havrylyshyn,

looming dilemmas.”

Carleton University

—Boris Popivanov, Sofia University

This trailblazing collection investigates the legacy of the Euromaidan within civil society and its role in democratization, state building, and conflict resolution.

NATALIA SHAPOVALOVA

is an as-

sociate fellow at Vesalius College Brussels and member of the Carnegie Civic Research Network. OLGA BURLYUK is a Research Foundation—Flanders (FWO) Fellow at the Centre for EU Studies at Ghent University.

teaches art history

Petar Cholakov highlights the challenges to interethnic relations in Bulgaria, arguing that interethnic peace has been entrusted to a mechanism that institutionalizes ethnic cleavage and politicizes identity.

PETAR CHOLAKOV

is a senior lecturer

in political conflicts at the Institute for the Study of Societies and Knowledge of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences in Sofia.

and architectural history at Oxford University’s Department of Continuing Education. $40.00 paper 978-3-8382-1183-1 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7183-5 O C T O B E R 252 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 13 b&w illustrations

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1216-6 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7216-0 N O V E M B E R 400 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1189-3 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7189-7 S E P T E M B E R 226 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 16 b&w illustrations

S O C I A L S C I E N C E / E D U C AT I O N

POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S

S OV I E T A N D P O S T- S OV I E T P O L I T I C S

AND SOCIETY

AND SOCIETY

AND SOCIETY

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

To what extent have universities in postcommunist states adopted the practices and habits of their branded and consumer-oriented equivalents in the Englishspeaking world? This collection identifies marked shifts in the direction of neoliberalization, examining its particularities in local situations.

From Revolution to Consolidation

Ethnic Entrepreneurs Unmasked

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 119

IBIDEM PRESS

Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society

Vol. 4, No. 2 (2018)

GEORGE SOROKA, TOMASZ STĘPNIEWSKI,

State-Building in the Middle of a Geopolitical Struggle

The Cases of Ukraine, Moldova, and Pridnestrovia

AND JULIE FEDOR,

ROLANDO M. DROMUNDO

EDITORS

VALADEZ

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

This issue deals with Russia’s post-Maidan foreign policy towards the so-called near abroad, or the former Soviet states. The Kremlin today is paradoxically following an aggressive “realist” agenda that seeks to clearly delineate its sphere of influence while simultaneously attempting to promote “soft power” and a historical-civilizational justification for its recent actions.

GEORGE SOROKA

and

TOMASZ STĘPNIEWSKI

are coeditors

of Ukraine After Maidan: Revisiting Domestic and Regional Security (ibidem, 2018). JULIE FEDOR is the author of Russia and the Cult of State Security (2011).

$35.00 paper 978-3-8382-1236-4 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7236-8

“Provides valuable insights into the complexity of the tasks that countries in political transition face and the influences of geopolitical struggles going on around them.”

—Nicolai N. Petro, Silvia-Chandley Professor of Peace Studies and Nonviolence, University of Rhode Island

This book presents a political and historical analysis of state-building processes in Ukraine, Moldova, and the unrecognized Republic of Pridnestrovia.

ROLANDO M. DROMUNDO VALADEZ

Slovenia in the European Union

Human Rights, National Identity, and Sovereignty TOBY M. APPLEGATE

Toby M. Applegate argues that underanalyzed human rights problems emerged in the course of Slovenia’s transition to an independent nation-state and the process of accession to the EU, raising questions of sovereignty and rights that are particularly salient in light of independence movements elsewhere. This book has a large cross-disciplinary appeal and should be read by political philosophers, political scientists, sociologists, geographers, and policy experts.

TOBY MARTIN APPLEGATE

is a

lecturer in human geography in the

obtained his Ph.D. in geopolitics at

University of Massachusetts–Amherst’s

Pisa University and was a foreign

program in geography within the

correspondent for La Nueva Televisión

Department of Geosciences.

del Sur (Telesur). $50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1172-5 $22.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7163-7 S E P T E M B E R 512 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

$45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1149-7 $24.99 e-book 978-1-911325-90-1 N O V E M B E R 302 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" /

1 b&w illustration

O C T O B E R 140 pages / 5.83" x 8.27"

25 b&w illustrations

POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE

POLITICAL SCIENCE

B A L KA N P O L I T I C S A N D S O C I E T Y

120 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

IBIDEM PRESS

Multilingual Construction of Identity

German-Turkish Adolescents at School IȘIL ERDUYAN

Child Poverty and Social Protection in Central and Western Africa

In Statu Nascendi

GUSTAVE NÉBIÉ,

Journal of Political Philosophy and International Relations Vol. 1. No. 1 (2018)

CHINYERE EMEKA-

PIOTR PIETRZAK, EDITOR

ANUNA, FELIX FOFANA

IŞIL ERDUYAN

is an assistant

N'ZUE, AND ENRIQUE DELAMONICA, EDITORS “An outstanding contribution.”

—Terry McKinley, Centre for Development Policy and Research, SOAS, London

This book argues that child poverty requires its own independent measurement in order to design innovative ways to address it.

GUSTAVE NÉBIÉ

is the economics

PIOTR PIETRZAK

is a Ph.D. candidate

at Sofia University St. Kliment Ohridiski.

adviser for UNICEF in West and Central Africa. CHINYERE EMEKA-ANUNA is

professor at the Department of

senior program officer for the Inter-

Foreign Language Education, Boğaziçii

national Labour Organisation. FELIX

University, Istanbul.

In Statu Nascendi is a new peer-reviewed journal that uses sociocultural, philosophical, and anthropological approaches to raise a new type of civic awareness about the complexity of contemporary crisis, instability, and warfare situations, where the “stage-of-becoming” plays a vital role.

FOFANA N'ZUE

is the head of the

Economic Policy Analysis Unit of the ECOWAS Commission. ENRIQUE DELAMONICA

is the chief of social

policy and gender equality at UNICEF Nigeria. $45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1176-3 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7176-7 $45.00 paper 978-3-8382-1201-2 $26.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7201-6 N O V E M B E R 400 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" SOCIAL SCIENCE CINTEUS

F E B R U A R Y 302 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" / 85 b&w illustrations SOCIAL SCIENCE C R O P I N T E R N AT I O N A L P OV E R T Y S T U D I E S

$50.00 paper 978-3-8382-1229-6 $30.99 e-book 978-3-8382-7229-0

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , S O U T H A M E R I C A , C A R I B B E A N , AU ST R A L I A , N E W Z E A L A N D, A N D A S I A ( E XC LU D I N G C H I N A A N D I N D I A )

Reporting on a linguistic ethnographic study, Işil Erduyan explores multilingual identity construction of high school students of Turkish descent in Berlin.

She focuses on naturally occurring classroom interactions across German, Turkish, and English classes and attends to the complex relationship between identities and multilingual repertoires.

S E P T E M B E R 330 pages / 5.83" x 8.27" P H I LO S O P H Y

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 1

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Popular Music and Public Diplomacy

Transnational and Transdisciplinary Perspectives MARIO DUNKEL AND SINA A. NITZSCHE, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

In the early years of the Cold War, Western nations increasingly adopted strategies of public diplomacy involving popular music.

While initially limited to such genres as jazz, the second half of the twentieth century saw a growing presence of various popular genres in diplomatic contexts, including rock, punk, reggae, and hip-hop. This volume illuminates the interrelation of popular music and public diplomacy from a transnational and transdisciplinary angle. As popular music has been a crucial factor in international relations, its diplomatic use has substantially impacted the global musical landscape.

MARIO DUNKEL

teaches in the music department of the

Carl von Ossietzky University of Oldenburg. He is also the author of Aesthetics of Resistance: Charles Mingus and the Civil Rights Movement.

SINA A. NITZSCHE

is an instructor and researcher at the

Department of American Studies at the Technical University Dortmund. She is coeditor of the essay collections Hip-Hop in Europe: Cultural Identities and Transnational Flows and Breaking the Panel! Comics as a Medium.

Network Publicy Governance

On Privacy and the Informational Self ANDRÉA BELLIGER AND DAVID J. KRIEGER

The information age has brought about a growing conflict between proponents of a data-driven society, on the one side, and demands for protection of individual freedom, autonomy, and dignity by means of privacy, on the other. The causes of this, conflict are rooted in the modern Western opposition of individual and society and a self-understanding of the human as an autonomous rational subject with an inalienable right to informational selfdetermination. Andréa Belliger and David J. Krieger propose a theory of information as a common good and redefine the individual as an informational self who exists in networks made up of both humans and nonhumans.

Privacy is replaced by publicy and issues of data use and data protection are described in terms of governance instead of government.

ANDRÉA BELLIGER

is director of learning services at the

University of Teacher Education in Lucerne, Switzerland, and director of the Institute for Communication & Leadership.

DAVID J. KRIEGER

is director at the Institute for

Communication & Leadership in Lucerne.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-4358-9

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4213-1

J A N U A R Y 350 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 10 b&w illustrations

J U N E 170 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

M U S I C / I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S

MEDIA STUDIES

POPULAR MUSIC

D I G I TA L S O C I E T Y

122 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

The Logic of Design Process

Invention and Discovery in the Light of the Semiotics of Charles S. Peirce TIAGO DA COSTA E SILVA

Flow of Forms / Forms of Flow

Design Histories between Africa and Europe KERSTIN PINTHER AND

ALEXANDRA WEIGAND, EDITORS

TIAGO DA COSTA E SILVA

is part of the research staff of

How is it possible to adequately capture histories of design in Africa, a continent with fifty-four countries? How can one avoid producing just another essentializing master narrative of “African design”? This book offers a change of perspective: focusing on the mobility of people, objects, and ideas—on flows between Africa and Europe as well as on a South-South axis—which allows for multiple yet necessarily fragmented design histories to be identified and recognized. The contributors trace multifaceted design case studies from a historical perspective, with attention to the present as well as toward possible futures.

KERSTIN PINTHER

is a professor of African art history at

the art history department of Ludwig-Maximilian University

the interdisciplinary laboratory Image Knowledge Gestaltung

Munich, Germany. As a curator, she organized the exhibition

and of the Institute for Cultural Studies at Humboldt

Afropolis: City, Media, Art (2010-2012).

University of Berlin, Germany. A specialist in the field of the semiotics of Charles S. Peirce, he was awarded the Charles S. Peirce Young Scholar Award.

ALEXANDRA WEIGAND

is a designer and art historian. Her

exhibition projects include Hit the Future_Design Beyond the Borders and Hit the Future_Metropolitan Design for Munich's design weeks in 2014 and 2015. She is currently a senior researcher at the art history department of Ludwig-Maximilian University Munich.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-4377-0 J A N U A R Y 340 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 10 b&w illustrations and

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4201-8

5 color illustrations

S E P T E M B E R 170 pages / 5.8" x 8.3"

MEDIA STUDIES

ART / MEDIA STUDIES

DESIGN

DESIGN

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

What is the logic of the design process?

Departing from this question and focusing on processes of invention and discovery, Tiago da Costa e Silva investigates the characteristic feature of every projective activity, for instance, in architecture, design, engineering, and the arts. In opposition to predominant views that understand design processes as mechanical, this study draws on the semiotics of Charles S. Peirce to characterize design activities as a continuous and serendipitous interplay of processes of aesthetic experience, defining rules, and manifesting forms. Da Costa e Silva concludes that invention and discovery are intrinsic to every development in any given design context.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 3

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Resistance and the Politics of Truth

Foucault, Deleuze, Badiou IAIN MACKENZIE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

“The truth will set you free” is a maxim central to both theories and practices of resistance. Nonetheless, it is a claim that has come under fire from an array of critical perspectives in the second half of the twentieth century. Iain MacKenzie analyses two of the most compelling of these perspectives: the poststructuralist politics of truth formulated

by Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze and the alternative postfoundational account of truth and militancy developed by Alain Badiou. He argues that a critically oriented version of poststructuralism provides both an understanding of the deeply entwined nature of truth and power and a compelling account of the creative practices that may sustain resistance.

IAIN MACKENZIE

is a codirector of the Centre for Critical

Thought and a senior lecturer in politics at the University of

Powers of the Mind

Mental and Manual Labor in the Contemporary Political Crisis MICHAEL BRAY

The Marxist conception of the division between mental and manual labor is a critical yet unrecognized aspect of contemporary political struggles. Departing from this novel argument, Michael Bray traces the conceptual and sociopolitical history of this labor division and emphasizes how the forms of control and organization articulated by that division in practices of production, democracy, racialization, and financialization are becoming increasingly important.

Critiquing the Left for its tendency to side implicitly with the powers of mental labor, Michael Bray shows that comprehending and challenging those powers is a pivotal task for anticapitalist politics today.

MICHAEL BRAY

is associate professor of philosophy at

Southwestern University. His research focuses on populisms and the question of transition.

Kent. His research focuses on poststructuralism and political philosophy.

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-3907-0

$100.00 paper 978-3-8376-4147-9

J U N E 148 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

J A N U A R Y 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

P H I LO S O P H Y

1 24 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Art and Economics in the City New Cultural Maps

Urban Appropriation Strategies

CATERINA BENINCASA, GIANFRANCO

Exploring Space-Making Practices in Contemporary European Cityscapes

NERI, AND MICHELE TRIMARCHI,

FLAVIA ALICE MAMELI, FRANZISKA

EDITORS

POLLETER, MATHILDA ROSENGREN, AND JOSEFINE SARKEZ-KNUDSEN, EDITORS

CATERINA BENINCASA,

an art historian, is founder

of Polyhedra (a nonprofit organization focused on the relationship between art and science) and of the Innovate Heritage project.

GIANFRANCO NERI,

an architect, teaches architectural

In the past years, the transiency of European city making and dwelling has become increasingly hard to disregard. This urban flux calls for a methodological rethinking for professionals, social and natural scientists, artists, and activists with an interest in the processes of remaking and reclaiming urban space. With a practical and empirical emphasis, this anthology brings forth a variety of perspectives on urban appropriation strategies, their relation to public space making, and their implications for future city development.

FLAVIA ALICE MAMELI

comes from a design background

and urban composition at Reggio Calabria “Mediterranea”

and conducts her doctoral research in the field of urban

University, where he directs the Department of Art and

appropriation strategies.

Territory.

FRANZISKA POLLETER MICHELE TRIMARCHI,

an economist, teaches public

economics in Catanzaro and cultural economics in Bologna.

holds degrees in architecture and

urban design from the Technical University of Munich and the Technical University of Berlin.

He coordinates the Lateral Thinking Lab (IED Rome).

MATHILDA ROSENGREN

is a visual anthropologist and

geographer with a particular interest in the relational structuring of urban nature.

JOSEFINE SARKEZ-KNUDSEN

is an ethnologist at the

SAXO Institute at the University of Copenhagen. $35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4214-8

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4170-7

J A N U A R Y 250 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

J U LY 152 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 8 b&w illustrations and 6 color illustrations

URBAN STUDIES

URBAN STUDIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Emerging forms of alternative economy are changing the structure of society, redefining the relationship between center and periphery in the urban fabric. In this context, the arts can play a crucial role in formulating a concept of complex and plural citizenship.

In this volume, economists, sociologists, urbanists, architects, and creative artists offer a broad and deep assessment of urban dynamics and their visions for years to come.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 5

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

British White Trash

Figurations of Tainted Whiteness in the Novels of Irvine Welsh, Niall Griffiths, and John King

A Poetics of Neurosis

Narratives of Normalcy and Disorder in Cultural and Literary Texts ELENA FURLANETTO AND

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

MARK SCHMITT

DIETMAR MEINEL, EDITORS

White trash is a liminal figure that dramatizes the intersection of race and class.

Contemporary British novelists like Irvine Welsh, Niall Griffiths, and John King use this originally U.S. stereotype to interrogate the racializing discourse of class in British society. Their novels are interdiscursive reflections of the figurations of race and class that still haunt the British cultural imaginary. British White Trash is the first analysis to comprehensively examine the adaptation of the white trash stereotype in major British novels. The study thus contributes to a critical understanding of racism and classism, their cultural representations, and their underlying social processes.

While psychiatry and the neurosciences have dismissed the concept of neurosis as too vague for medical purposes, literary studies have in recent years adopted the term by virtue of its abstractness. This volume investigates the verbalization of neurosis in literary and cultural texts. As opposed to the medical diagnostics of neurosis in the individual, the contributions focus on the poetics of neurosis. They indicate how neuroses are still routinely romanticized or vilified, bent to suit aesthetic and narrative choices, and transfigured to illustrate unresolved cultural tensions.

MARK SCHMITT

is a postdoctoral Stuart Hall Fellow at TU

Dortmund University, where he teaches British cultural stud-

ELENA FURLANETTO

is a lecturer at the University of

Duisburg-Essen. Her main research areas include American literature, postcolonial literatures and empire studies, post9/11 cinema, and poetry.

ies. His research interests include British and Irish literature

DIETMAR MEINEL

and film, cultural theory, and discourses of social and racial

studies at the University of Duisburg-Essen. His research

abjection.

teaches American literary and cultural

interests include nineteenth-century America, animation films, and visual culture.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4101-1

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4132-5

J U N E 312 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

N O V E M B E R 280 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

L I T E R A RY S T U D I E S

L I T E R A RY S T U D I E S

1 26 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

The Mediated Myth of Lin Zexu

Social and Cultural Textures of Chinese Society

TransCoding: From ‘Highbrow Art’ to Participatory Culture

EDITOR

BARBARA LÜNEBURG

The Chinese scholar-official Lin Zexu played a crucial role in the First Opium War in the nineteenth century.

Since 1978, the myth surrounding the historical figure has been used to legitimize current rulers’ political power and to celebrate dominant values. By analyzing Chinese media representations of Lin Zexu in cultural products such as feature films, digital images, documentaries, cartoons, and songs, Angelo Maria Cimino explains how multiple agents continuously generate and reaffirm the myth’s cultural network.

Between 2014 and 2017, the artistic research project “Transcoding: From Highbrow Art to Participatory Culture” encouraged creative participation in multimedia art via social media. Based on the artworks that emerged from the project, Barbara Lüneburg investigates authorship, authority, motivational factors, and aesthetics in participatory art created with the help of web 2.0 technology.

ANGELO MARIA CIMINO

earned his

doctorate at the University of Cologne, Germany, and works as a postdoctoral

BARBARA LÜNEBURG

is a researcher

and international performing artist in new media art. Her research interests include performer-composer collaboration and gamified audiovisual and participatory art.

Aesthetics, Practice, and Research

STEFANO ODORICO

Interactive documentary is a newly emerging form of nonlinear, nonfiction narrative that animates viewers to control their own path through a film.

Stefano Odorico examines the aesthetic structures and dynamics of interactive documentary as a web-based film experience. His study considers theoretical issues such as critical complexity, reality effect, and polyphony.

STEFANO ODORICO

is a reader in

contemporary screen media at Leeds Trinity University, a senior research fellow in film and media at the University of Bremen, and associate director of the International Research Centre for Interactive Storytelling in Leeds. He is also a cofounder and member of the editorial board of Alphaville: Journal of Film and Screen Media.

researcher at East China Normal University in Shanghai. $40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4423-4

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4108-0

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4231-5

N O V E M B E R 240 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

J U LY 204 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

J A N U A R Y 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

13 b&w illustrations

7 b&w illustrations and 60 color illustrations

9 b&w illustrations

H I S TO RY / A S I A N S T U D I E S

MEDIA STUDIES

FILM

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

ANGELO MARIA CIMINO,

Social Media – Art – Research

The Interactive Documentary Form

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 127

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Blogging in Beirut

An Ethnography of a Digital Media Practice SARAH JURKIEWICZ

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Sarah Jurkiewicz’s anthropological study understands blogging as a social field and a domain of practice. This approach underlines the significance of blogging in practitioners’ daily lives and for their self-understanding.

In this context, the notion of publicness enables a consideration of publics not as static “spheres” that actors merely enter, but as produced and constituted by social practices. The vibrant media landscape of Beirut serves as a selection of samples for an ethnographic exploration of blogging.

SARAH JURKIEWICZ

is a postdoctoral researcher at the

Leibniz-Zentrum Moderner Orient (ZMO) in Berlin. Her research interests lie in media as well as urban anthropology, with a particular focus on translocal entanglements and migration.

Who Can Speak and Who Is Heard/Hurt?

Facing Problems of “Race,” Racism, and Ethnic Diversity in the Humanities in Germany MAHMOUD ARGHAVAN, NICOLE HIRSCHFELDER, LUVENA KOPP, AND KATHARINA MOTYL, EDITORS

Ethnic diversity, “race,” and racism have been subjects of discussion in German universities for many years. However, these studies have overwhelmingly been conducted by white scholars with German citizenship. Scholars with actual experience of racial discrimination have remained largely unheard. This volume offers candid discussions of racialized power relations in the German humanities and German society at large.

MAHMOUD ARGHAVAN

coordinates the unit for Help for

Refugees, Migration, and Integration at the Inner Mission in Munich. NICOLE HIRSCHFELDER is associate professor of American studies at the University of Tubingen and an associate member of the collaborative research center (Sonderforschungsbereich) 923 Threatened Order–Societies Under Stress. LUVENA KOPP teaches film, literature, and cultural studies at the University of Tubingen. KATHARINA MOTYL

is a postdoctoral scholar in American studies at the

University of Tubingen and a member of 923 Threatened Order–Societies Under Stress.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4142-4

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4103-5

J U N E 374 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 27 b&w illustrations

J A N U A R Y 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 5 b&w illustrations

MEDIA STUDIES

SOCIAL SCIENCE

128 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Framing Prior Consultation in Brazil

Migration and (Im)mobility

Ethnographic Perspectives on Limits of Participation and Multicultural Politics

Biographical Experiences of Polish Migrants in Germany and Canada

CHARLOTTE SCHUMANN

ANNA XYMENA WIECZOREK

CHARLOTTE SCHUMANN

is a social

anthropologist with research focus on indigenous rights, identity, and knowledge production. She completed her Ph.D. in 2016 at Freie Universität Berlin.

Seeking to overcome the dualism of mobility and migration, Anna Xymena Wieczorek develops a “mobilities perspective.” With the help of rich empirical data gathered among young adults of Polish heritage in Germany and Canada, Wieczorek conceptualizes three patterns of (im)mobility that illustrate the diversity of immigrants’ geographical movements after their initial migration.

ANNA XYMENA WIECZOREK

Mexican Migration and the Question of Belonging and Return FRANZISKA BEDORF

Based on long-term ethnographic fieldwork among aged Mexican migrants in Chicago, Franziska Bedorf investigates the phenomenon of return migration by tracing how people’s intentions to go back change over time. Against the backdrop of debates on integration, transnationalism, and belonging, the study explores why migrants keep and form attachments to and detachments from places, people, and cultures.

FRANZISKA BEDORF

is a

sociocultural anthropologist and

obtained her Ph.D. in sociology within

a postdoctoral researcher at Freie

the international research training

Universität Berlin.

group Diversity: Mediating Difference in Transcultural Spaces at the University of Trier.

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-4175-2

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-4251-3

$45.00 paper 978-3-8376-4131-8

J U N E 330 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

J U N E 322 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

J A N U A R Y 380 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

7 b&w illustrations

1 b&w illustrations and 3 color illustrations

26 b&w illustrations

SOCIAL SCIENCE

SOCIAL SCIENCE

SOCIAL SCIENCE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

This book is a rich ethnographic and historical account of the juridification of prior consultation in Brazil. Charlotte Schumann critically examines the struggle among state actors, social movements, and experts over the limits of participation, the reification of cultural difference, and ways to vernacularize international human rights.

Sweet Home Chicago?

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 12 9

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Writing as Dialogue

Creating Communities

Practices of Editors and Mentors in Contemporary Literature

Towards a Description of the Mask-Function in Literature

JOHANNE MOHS, KATRIN ZIMMERMANN,

NOURIT MELCER-PADON

AND MARIE CAFFARI, EDITORS

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Although practices of editing and mentoring are part of an author’s daily activities, they have previously been largely neglected by literary studies. This bilingual volume assembles players from the fields of literary production and theories of authorship and the writing process, who discuss the development toward an opening up of the creative writing process. They also explore theoretical approaches to an intersubjective literary practice as well as suggestions for the definition of a dialogic notion of literature in the age of online publishing.

JOHANNE MOHS

is a postdoctoral researcher at the Bern

University of the Arts.

KATRIN ZIMMERMANN

is an associate at the research

institute of the Bern University of the Arts.

MARIE CAFFARI

is the director of the Swiss Literature

Institute at the Bern University of the Arts.

How does historical reality interrelate with fiction? And how much are readers themselves involved in fictional literature?

With innovative interpretations of various well-known texts, Nourit Melcer-Padon introduces the use of literary masks and illustrates literature’s effects on its readers’ morality. She facilitates a new perception of literary theory and of connections among thinkers such as Iser, Castoriadis, Sartre, Jung, and Neumann. The book offers a unique view on the role of the community in post-existentialist modern cultural reality by emphasizing the importance of ritual practices in literature as a cultural manifestation.

NOURIT MELCER-PADON

is the chair of the English

department at the Hadassah Academic College and has been pursuing postdoctoral research on seventeenth-century Livorno at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4076-2

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4186-8

N O V E M B E R 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 218 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

LITERARY STUDIES

LITERARY STUDIES

LETTRE

LETTRE

130 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Born to Be Criminal

The Discourse on Criminality and the Practice of Punishment in Late Imperial Russia and Early Soviet Union.

Interdisciplinary Approaches RICCARDO NICOLOSI AND ANNE HARTMANN, EDITORS

RICCARDO NICOLOSI

is professor of Slavic literatures

Protestant Paths to the Afterlife in Early Modern English Poetry CYRIL L. CASPAR

With the advent of the Reformation, concepts of living and dying were profoundly reconfigured. As purgatory disappeared from the spiritual landscape, other paths to the afterlife were rediscovered. Thus, when life draws to a close, the passage to the afterlife becomes a last pilgrimage, a popular earlymodern metaphor that has received little critical commentary. In a rigorous historical and theological reading, Cyril L. Caspar explores five major English poets—John Donne, Sir Walter Raleigh, George Herbert, Edmund Spenser, and John Milton—to unveil the poetical potential of the last pilgrimage as a life-transcending metaphor.

CYRIL L. CASPAR

wrote his Ph.D. thesis at the English

Department of the University of Zurich. His research interests

at the Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munich. His latest

include early-modern English literature and the history of the

publications explore the rhetorical and narrative interfaces

reformation.

between literature and science.

ANNE HARTMANN

is an assistant researcher and lecturer

in the Slavic department at the University of Bochum. In her current research she concentrates on Western intellectuals visiting the Stalinist USSR and on Soviet labor-camp literature. $40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4254-4 $40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4159-2

J U N E 262 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 3 b&w illustrations and

J U N E 252 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

1 color illustrations

L I T E R A R Y S T U D I E S / H I S TO R Y

LITERARY STUDIES / RELIGION

LETTRE

LETTRE

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

This collection of essays explores the continuities and disruptions in the perceptions of criminality, its causes, and ways of fighting it in late imperial Russia and the early Soviet Union. It focuses on the conceptualization of criminality in various disciplines and penal practice, touching on different aspects of criminal law and anticrime policy. The volume is markedly interdisciplinary, with authors representing a variety of approaches in history and literary studies, from social history to discourse analysis, from the history of sciences to text analysis.

The Last Pilgrimage to Eternity

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 131

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Pictorial Appearing

Image Theory After Representation KRESIMIR PURGAR

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

The proliferation of digital technology has changed our visual perception and the way we interpret terms such as “representation,” “immersion,” and “virtuality.” Kresimir Purgar examines the contemporary culture of images, arguing that we are witnessing the transitional period of images as notrepresentation-anymore and not-yetimmersion. Instead of just asking what images mean, we should ask ourselves what images are, how they appear, and what they do to us.

KRESIMIR PURGAR

is associate professor of visual studies

and image theory at the University of Osijek, Croatia. Most recently he edited W. J. T. Mitchell’s Image Theory—Living Pictures (2017).

Topographies of “Borderland Schengen”

Documental Images of Undocumented Migration in European Borderlands JAN KÜHNEMUND

Analyzing recent documentary films dealing with undocumented migration at the Schengen Area’s fringes and against the backdrop of what has been termed the European refugee crisis, Jan Kühnemund investigates the interface between migration discourses and image discourses. As an analytical framework, he conceptualizes “Borderland Schengen” as a visual-political transnational space emerging from the interplay of migration movements and border policies. Putting the spaces and iconologies of “illegal” migration under scrutiny and aiming at establishing their protagonists as subjects, Kühnemund reads the films as attempts at discursive participation and as an aesthetic political practice.

JAN KÜHNEMUND

completed his Ph.D. at Berlin University

of the Arts. He works at Europa-Universität Flensburg.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4208-7 $35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4135-6

J U N E 292 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

25 b&w illustrations and 2 color illustrations

MEDIA STUDIES

FILM / SOCIAL SCIENCE

I M AG E

I M AG E

1 32 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Finding San Carlino

The Role of Geometry in Architecture

Finding, Inheriting, or Borrowing?

ADIL MANSURE AND SKENDER LUARASI,

Construction and Transfer of Knowledge in Antiquity and the Middle Ages

EDITORS

JOCHEN ALTHOFF, DOMINIK BERRENS, AND TANJA POMMERENING, EDITORS

ADIL MANSURE,

architect, educator, and researcher, has

taught at the University of Buffalo and at the University of Toronto. He has recently conducted research into topics such as proto-histories of the architectural parametric, surface, and the architecture of clichés.

The creation and justification of knowledge in antiquity and the Middle Ages gives rise to several questions: How is “foreign” knowledge given authority? What are the mechanisms of legitimation? Are the ascriptions by the sources concerning the origin of knowledge as either inherited or borrowed traceable and comprehensible or artificial and unfounded? Does transferred knowledge create new concepts during the act of borrowing? To answer these questions, this volume is divided into three parts: After a section on theoretical and methodological considerations, two thematic sections deal with a special field of knowledge: concepts of the moon and of the end of the world in fire.

JOCHEN ALTHOFF

SKENDER LUARASI

is an architect and Ph.D. candidate at

is professor of ancient Greek at the

University of Mainz.

the Yale School of Architecture. His research investigates the relationship of geometry and architecture and focuses particularly on the mid-twentieth-century debate on proportion and Le Corbusier’s Modulor.

DOMINIK BERRENS

is a postdoctoral researcher in the

project NOSCEMUS–Nova Scientia: Early Modern Science and Latin at the University of Innsbruck.

TANJA POMMERENING

is professor of Egyptology at the

University of Mainz. $55.00 paper 978-3-8376-4236-0 $28.00 paper 978-3-8376-4154-7 N O V E M B E R 170 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

N O V E M B E R 358 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 21 b&w illustrations and 10 color illustrations

14 b&w illustrations and 16 color illustrations

H I S TO R Y

ARCHITECTURE

M A I N Z H I S TO R I C A L C U LT U R A L S C I E N C E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Francesco Borromini’s San Carlo alle Quattro Fontane (San Carlino) is a curious artifact that continues to inspire hypotheses and geometric analyses attempting to explain its form, meaning, and symbolism.

However, several parts and aspects of the church correspond neither with these reconstructions nor with Borromini’s drawings.

These incongruities bring into question the very role of geometry in architecture. This book offers nuanced analytical frameworks cognizant of our post-mechanical age of (re) production and roots the church’s origin in Borromini’s baroque.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 133

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Games and Rules

Game Mechanics for the "Magic Circle"

Games and Bereavement

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

BEAT SUTER, MELA KOCHER, AND

How Video Games Represent Attachment, Loss, and Grief

RENÉ BAUER, EDITORS

SABINE HARRER

Why do we play games, and why do we play them on computers? The contributors of Games and Rules take a closer look at the core of each game and the motivational system that is the game mechanics. Games are control circuits that organize the game world with their players and establish motivations in a dedicated space, a “Magic Circle,” whereas game mechanics are constructs of rules designed for interactions that provide gameplay. Those rules form the base for all the excitement and frustration we experience in games. This anthology contains individual essays by authors with backgrounds in game design and game studies, who lead the discourse to get to the bottom of game mechanics in video games and the real world.

How can videogames portray love and loss? Games and Bereavement answers this question by analyzing five videogames and conducting a participatory design study with grievers. Sabine Harrer offers both theoretical and practical perspectives on videogames and grief and suggests a design model for videogames to include grievers into game development. Overall, she explores how videogames can be used as a contemporary medium for personal storytelling.

BEAT SUTER

SABINE HARRER

teaches game design at the University

for Art and Design (BTK) in Berlin. As a member of the Copenhagen Game Collective, she has created experimental games and performative play experiences since 2014. In her work, she blends cultural studies and game design to explore the workings of human experience, social power, and modes of intimacy.

is a lecturer and researcher in game design at

the Zurich University of the Arts (ZHdK) and manages the GameLab. He has a Ph.D. in literary studies.

MELA KOCHER

is a senior researcher in game design at the

Zurich University of the Arts (ZHdK).

RENÉ BAUER

is a lecturer, researcher, and head of master

education in game design at the Zurich University of the Arts (ZHdK). $30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4304-6

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4415-9

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

J A N U A R Y 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

MEDIA STUDIES

MEDIA STUDIES

134 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

On Desire

Positions of Time-Based and Immersive Arts BERND KRACKE AND MARC RIES, EDITORS

BERND KRACKE

NICOLAJ VAN DER MEULEN AND

JÖRG WIESEL, EDITORS

Aesthetic practices employ a double-hinged movement in the way they refer to connectivity. On the one hand, it seems as if connectivity in its purely functional orientation toward communicating through digital media is in itself responsible for having produced aesthetic practices and their social fields of action. On the other hand, it is precisely these aesthetic practices that, in the field of contemporary culture, elaborate the desiderata of connectivity beyond the territorial gaps they already mark out in the social and cultural sciences.

NICOLAJ VAN DER MEULEN

and JÖRG WIESEL are

the heads of the newly founded Institut Ästhetische Praxis und Theorie at the University of Applied Sciences and Arts–Northwestern Switzerland.

is professor of electronic media at the

University of Art and Design (HfG) Offenbach and its president since 2006.

MARC RIES

is professor of sociology and media theory

at Hochschule für Gestaltung in Offenbach.

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4285-8

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-3725-0

J U N E 200 pages / 8.3" x 11"

S E P T E M B E R 200 pages / 6.1" x 9.4"

MEDIA STUDIES

MEDIA STUDIES

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Desire indicates phenomena that are implicated in a productive ambiguity. These phenomena associate basic elements of human coexistence while also referencing complex social processes and institutions.

With today’s new media we experience an assemblage of desire that maps out new relationships to the social body, to sexuality and gender questions, to ownership, and to the production, perception, and appropriation of moving images. This bilingual book brings together a broad spectrum of international positions relating to the time-based, immersive arts presented at the third B3—the Biennial of the Moving Image Frankfurt/Main 2017—which focuses on desire in the contemporary world.

Connectivity as Aesthetic Practice

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 135

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Science, Art, and Neuroethics

Transdisciplinary Collaborations to Foster Public Engagement MATHILDE BESSERT-NETTELBECK, SABRINA LIVANEC, AND

The Situationality of HumanAnimal Relations Perspectives from Anthropology and Philosophy

THIEMO BREYER AND THOMAS WIDLOK,

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

OLIVER MÜLLER, EDITORS

EDITORS

Research in the field of neurotechnology raises ethical and societal questions and thus represents a particular challenge for public engagement efforts. How should formats of public outreach be shaped to encourage public reflection on science? This anthology introduces a special concept of public outreach relying on participatory events that create a productive overlap of the fields of science and art. The contributors from various disciplines discuss the relationship of both spheres, present current science/art initiatives, and locate this transdisciplinary approach within the debate on public engagement theories and higher education policy specifications.

Riding, hunting, fishing, bullfighting: Human-animal relations are diverse. This anthology presents various case studies of situations in which humans and animals come into contact and asks for the anthropological and philosophical implications of such encounters. The contributions by renowned scholars such as Garry Marvin, Albert Piette, and Kazuyoshi Sugawara present multidisciplinary methodological reflections on concepts such as embodiment and emplacement as well as a consideration of the term “situationality” within the field of anthropology.

MATHILDE BESSERT-NETTELBECK

is a behavioral

biologist; SABRINA LIVANEC studied modern German literature, French, and business administration in Duisburg, Angers, and Freiburg; and OLIVER MÜLLER is a lecturer at

THIEMO BREYER

teaches philosophy at the University

of Cologne. His research interests include phenomenology, anthropology, and cognitive science.

THOMAS WIDLOK

teaches cultural anthropology at the

University of Cologne. His research interests include the cultures of Africa, social change, and agency theory.

the University of Freiburg. They work in the cluster of excellence BrainLinks–BrainTools at the University of Freiburg.

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4176-9

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4107-3

J A N U A R Y 200 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

S E P T E M B E R 300 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 10 b&w illustrations

NEUROSCIENCE

P H I LO S O P H Y / A N I M A L S T U D I E S

136 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Body and Reality

An Examination of the Relationships Between the Body Proper, Physical Reality, and the Phenomenal World Starting from Plessner and Merleau-Ponty JASPER VAN BUUREN

JASPER VAN BUUREN

is an indepen-

dent philosopher based in Berlin with publications in the fields of phenomenology, philosophical anthropology, and the philosophy of the good life.

Embodied Narration

Narratives of Mentorship

Illness, Death, and Dying in Modern Culture

NÚRIA CASADO-GUAL,

HEIKE HARTUNG, EDITOR

EMMA DOMÍNGUEZ-RUÉ, AND MARICEL ORÓPIQUERAS, EDITORS

Since Mentor, Telemachus’s advisor in Homer’s Odyssey, gave name to the figure of the “wise teacher,” fictional representations of mentoring have permeated cultural texts. This volume analyzes this narrative of mentorship, which offers a narrative practice through which ageist views of later life (and also of youth) may be undermined.

NÚRIA CASADO-GUAL, EMMA DOMÍNGUEZ-RUÉ , and MARICEL ORÓ-PIQUERAS

Do liminal embodied experiences such as illness, death, and dying affect literary form? Age studies have extended the concept of embodiment theorized by gender studies to the embodied experience of aging. The contributions to this anthology investigate how and to what extent physical borderline experiences affect literary form.

HEIKE HARTUNG

is an independent

scholar in English studies, associated with the University of Potsdam, Germany, and the University of Graz, Austria.

are

affiliated with the University of Lleida in Catalonia and the research group Dedal-Lit.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4163-9 J U N E 312 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" / 3 b&w illustra-

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4396-1

tions

J A N U A R Y 204 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

$35.00 paper 978-3-8376-4306-0 N O V E M B E R 280 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

P H I LO S O P H Y

LITERARY STUDIES

L I T E R A RY S T U D I E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Jasper van Buuren explores the nature of the body proper in Merleau-Ponty and Plessner, arguing that physical and phenomenal realism are not mutually exclusive but complementary.

Re-discovering Age(ing)

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 137

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

Sustainability and the American Naturalist Tradition

Revisiting Henry David Thoreau, Aldo Leopold, Rachel Carson, and Edward O. Wilson

The Transformation of Humanities Education The Case of Norway, 19602000, from a SystemsTheoretical Perspective VIDAR GROTTA

This first comprehensive study of Norwegian humanities education analyzes its Craig Thomas argues that transformation from a form the holistic and transdisof teacher training to its ciplinary thinking of four iconic American naturalists— modern status as researchoriented generalist education.

Henry David Thoreau, Aldo Leopold, Rachel Carson, and Vidar Grotta examines the expansion of the postwar Edward O. Wilson—can research system in Norway instead help to solve our and the ensuing transformabiggest twenty-first-century tion of the societal functions challenges by synthesizing of the humanities. values from four eras of cultural and environmental VIDAR GROTTA holds a graduate history. degree in comparative literature and a

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

CRAIG THOMAS

is a graduate of the

Harvard University and was granted a Ph.D. from the School of Sustainability at Arizona State University.

Development of Rural Areas as a Challenge for Cultural Policy WOLFGANG SCHNEIDER, BEATE KEGLER, AND DANIELA KOSS, EDITORS

CRAIG THOMAS

master's program in sustainability at

Vital Village

Ph.D. in educational research. He works

Rural areas increasingly demand attention. The contributions in this bilingual volume demonstrate how the arts in particular offer new possibilities.

WOLFGANG SCHNEIDER

is the

director of the Department of Cultural Policy of the University Hildesheim and holds the UNESCO-Chair in Cultural Policy for the Arts in Development.

BEATE KEGLER

is a research fellow at

the Department of Cultural Policy of the University of Hildesheim.

DANIELA KOSS

is a cultural studies

specialist at the Foundation of the

as a policy maker, in addition to various

German state of Lower Saxony, where

teaching and writing assignments, at

she is responsible for the development

the Norwegian Ministry of Education

and implementation of innovative

and Research.

culture-funding programs.

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4307-7

J U N E 380 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

N O V E M B E R 430 pages / 5.8" x 8.9"

7 b&w illustrations and 73 color illustrations

$30.00 paper 978-3-8376-3988-9 $100.00 paper 978-3-8376-4178-3 J U N E 230 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" /

15 b&w illustrations

E D U C AT I O N

SOCIAL SCIENCE

E N V I R O N M E N TA L S T U D I E S / P H I LO S O P H Y

G LO B A L S T U D I E S & T H E O RY O F S O C I E T Y

C U LT U R A L A N D M U S E U M M A N AG E M E N T

138 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

TRANSCRIPT VERLAG

What Is Rape?

Digital Culture & Society (DCS)

Social Theory and Conceptual Analysis HILKJE CHARLOTTE HÄNEL

HILKJE CHARLOTTE HÄNEL

holds a

Ph.D. in philosophy from the Humboldt University of Berlin. She is an executive board member of the Society for Women in Philosophy (SWIP) Germany and a founding member of the Network of Analytic Philosophy and Social Critique.

Vol. 5/6 (2016/2017) WILLIAM COLLINS

DONAHUE, GEORG MEIN, AND ROLF PARR, EDITORS

RAMÓN REICHERT, MATHIAS FUCHS, PABLO ABEND, ANNIKA RICHTERICH, AND KARIN WENZ, EDITORS

This issue shows how the meaning of AI has undergone drastic changes over the past sixty years.

RAMÓN REICHERT

is European

project researcher at the University

andererseits is a collaborative project undertaken by students and faculties of universities in the United States, Luxembourg, and Germany. It provides a forum for research and reflection on topics related to the German-speaking world.

WILLIAM COLLINS DONAHUE

teaches German, comparative

of Lancaster. MATHIAS FUCHS is an

literature, and film at the University of

artist, musician, and media scholar

Notre Dame.

and professor at Leuphana University, Lüneburg. PABLO ABEND is the scientific coordinator of the Research School Locating Media at the University of Siegen. ANNIKA RICHTERICH is an assistant professor in digital culture at Maastricht University. KARIN WENZ

is assistant professor of media

culture at Maastricht University and

GEORG MEIN

teaches in the fields

of literature and interculturality, contemporary German literary studies, linguistics, and medievalism at the University of Luxembourg.

ROLF PARR

teaches German literature

and media studies at the University of Duisburg-Essen.

director of studies of the MA in Media Culture. $100.00 paper 978-3-8376-4434-0 N O V E M B E R 320 page / 5.8" x 8.9" P H I LO S O P H Y / G E N D E R S T U D I E S E I N Z E LV E R Ö F F E N T L I C H U N G E N P H I LO S O P H I E

$40.00 paper 978-3-8376-4393-0 $30.00 paper 978-3-8376-4266-7 J U N E 200 pages / 6.1" x 9.4" MEDIA STUDIES D I G I TA L C U LT U R E & S O C I E T Y

S E P T E M B E R 290 pages / 5.8" x 8.9" GERMAN STUDIES A N D E R E R S E I T S –Y E A R B O O K O F T R A N S AT L A N T I C G E R M A N S T U D I E S

F O R S A L E O N LY I N T H E U N I T E D S TAT E S , C A N A D A , M E X I C O , C E N T R A L A M E R I C A , SOUTH AMERICA, THE CARIBBEAN, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND ASIA

Hilkje Charlotte Hänel offers a philosophical exploration of rape in everyday life, proposing a theory of rape as a social practice facilitated by ubiquitous sexist ideologies. Arguing for a normative cluster model for the concept of rape, this timely intervention improves our understanding of lived experiences of sexual violence and social relations within sexist ideologies.

Vol. 4, Issue 1 (2018) Rethinking AI: Neural Networks, Biometrics, and the New Artificial Intelligence

andererseits–Yearbook of Transatlantic German Studies

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 139

AWA R D - W I N N I N G T I T L E S

Edo Kabuki in Transition

Chinese Law in Imperial Eyes

Contemporary Chinese Short-Short Stories

From the Worlds of the Samurai to the Vengeful Female Ghost

Sovereignty, Justice, and Transcultural Politics

Winner: 2018 Association for Asian Studies, John Whitney Hall Book Prize

Winner: 2018 Association for Asian Studies, Pre-1900 Joseph Levenson Book Prize

Honorable Mention: 2017 American Society for Theater Research, Barnard Hewitt Award for Outstanding Research in Theater History

Honorable Mention: 2017 American Society for Legal History, Peter Gonville Stein Award

Winner: 2018 Association for Asian Studies, Franklin R. Buchanan Prize for Asia Curriculum Materials

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-17375-9 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54021-6

$40.00 / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-18153-2 $39.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-54363-7

2015 H I S TO R Y / A S I A N

2017 L A N G UAG E

S AT O KO S H I M A Z A K I

$60.00 / £47.00 paper 978-0-231-17226-4 $59.99 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-54052-0 2016 L I T E R A R Y

LI CHEN

AILI MU WITH MIKE SMITH,

STUDIES

Faithful to Secularism

Modernist Internationalism Beyond Europe, 1914–2016

The Religious Politics of Democracy in Ireland, Senegal, and the Philippines

A A R T H I VA D D E

D AV I D T. B U C K L E Y

Winner: 2018 American Comparative Literature Association, Harry Levin Prize

Winner: 2018 International Studies Association, Religion and International Relations Book Award

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18024-5 $59.99 / £47.00 e-book 978-0-23-154256-2 2016 L I T E R A R Y

STUDIES

T R A N S L AT O R A N D E D I T O R

AND LINGUISTICS / CHINESE

L I T E R AT U R E

C R I T I C I S M / T H E AT E R

Chimeras of Form

A Parallel Text

$60.00 / £47.00 cloth 978-0-231-18006-1 $59.99 / £47.00 e-book 978-0-231-54244-9

Karl Polanyi

A Life on the Left G A R E T H DA L E

Finalist: 2017 International Political Economy Group, IPEG Book Prize $27.00 / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17609-5 $26.99 / £21.00 e-book 978-0-231-54148-0 2016 P O L I T I C S / B I O G R A P H Y

2017 R E L I G I O N

Left-Wing Melancholia

The Other Catholics

Exiled in America

Remaking America’s Largest Religion

E N Z O T R AV E R S O

JULIE BYRNE

Life on the Margins in a Residential Motel

Shortlisted: 2017 Deutscher Memorial Prize

Finalist: 2017 Religion News Association, Award for Religion Reporting Excellence, Excellence in Nonfiction Religion Book

Winner: 2018 North Central Sociological Association, Scholarly Achievement Award

Marxism, History, and Memory

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-17942-3 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54301-9 2016 P O L I T I C S / P H I LO S O P H Y

$24.00 / £18.99 paper 978-0-231-16677-5 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54170-1 2016 R E L I G I O N

140 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

C H R I S T O P H E R P. D U M

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-17642-2 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54239-5 2016 S O C I O LO GY

ELECTRONIC RESOURCES

CO LUM B I A E L EC TR O NI C R ESOURCES C O L U M B I A I N T E R N AT I O N A L A F FA I R S O N L I N E [ C I A O ] W W W. C I A O N E T. O R G

W H AT T H E T H I N K TA N K S A R E T H I N K I N G

Completely revised and updated! Our brand-new CIAO site includes: • New design and user-friendly interface • Improved functionality • Faceted search with greater data organization • Added video content • Full-text books • Current course packs • Links to active social-media pages • Daily Twitter posts “Among the most comprehensive resources available for international affairs research. . . . One-stop shopping for researchers.” —Library Journal

Named one of the top 300 websites by the International Political Science Association, Columbia International Affairs Online (CIAO) is a full-text database hosting working papers, policy briefs, interviews, journal articles, and e-books in international relations.

CIAO is a widely recognized resource for teaching materials and features original case studies by leading experts in their fields, as well as course packs of background readings for history and political-science classes and special features such as interviews with the world’s leading international relations experts.

CO LU M B I A G R A N G E R ’ S WO R L D O F P O E T RY O N L I N E W W W. C O L U M B I A G R A N G E R S . O R G

Updated daily and includes an introductory video on using the resource.

This authoritative reference features more than 500,000 poetry citations, 300,000 full-text poems, and 5,000 commentaries on the best-known poems. It also includes biographies of popular poets and 600 glossary terms with examples. The “My Granger’s” tool helps fashion anthologies, and our split-screen feature enables side-by-side comparisons. An advanced search engine can tailor research according to gender, language, nationality, form, movements, and era.

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 141

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST

Making Sense of the AltRight

The Fracking Debate

Troublesome Science

DA N I E L R A I M I

ROB DESALLE AND

GEORGE

I A N TAT T E R S A L L

H AW L E Y

$28.00 / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-18512-7 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54600-3

$30.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18486-1 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54571-6

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18572-1 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54630-0

2017 P O L I T I C A L

2017 P O L I T I C S / E N V I R O N M E N TA L

2018 S C I E N C E / G E N E T I C S

SCIENCE

SCIENCE

The Age of Sustainable Development

The Collapse of Western Civilization

J E F F R E Y D.

N AO M I O R E S K E S

SAC H S

AND

Transgender 101 NICHOLAS M. TEICH

E R I K M . C O N WAY

Foreword by Ban Ki-moon $39.95t / £30.00 paper 978-0-231-17315-5 $38.99 / £30.00 e-book 978-0-231-53900-5

$9.95t / £7.99 paper 978-0-231-16954-7 $8.99 / £6.99 e-book 978-0-231-53795-7

$20.00 / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-15713-1 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-50427-0

2015 E N V I R O N M E N TA L

2014 E N V I R O N M E N TA L

2012 S O C I A L

S C I E N C E /

PUBLIC POLICY

S C I E N C E /

C L I M AT E C H A N G E

Weird Dinosaurs

Conquering Lyme Disease

JOHN PICKRELL

BRIAN A.

Foreword by Philip Currie

AND JENNIFER

WO R K / G E N D E R S T U D I E S

The Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks

FA L L O N , M D ,

DONALD R. P R OT H E R O

S O T S K Y, M D

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18098-6 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54339-2

$30.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18384-0 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54518-1

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18260-7 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54427-6

2017 S C I E N C E / PA L E O N TO LO GY

2017 S C I E N C E / M E D I C A L

2018 S C I E N C E

Inside Terrorism

A Nation Like All Others

South Korea at the Crossroads

Third Edition

WA R R E N I . C O H E N

S COT T A .

SNYDER

BRUCE

HOFFMAN

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-17566-1 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54595-2

$26.95t / £21.00 paper 978-0-231-17477-0 $25.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54489-4

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-18548-6 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54618-8

2018 H I S TO R Y / I N T E R N AT I O N A L

2017 P O L I T I C A L

2018 I N T E R N AT I O N A L

R E L AT I O N S

SCIENCE

R E L AT I O N S / S E C U R I T Y

STUDIES

Creating a Learning Society

A New Foreign Policy J E F F R E Y D. SAC H S

Rescuing Retirement TERESA GHILARDUCCI

JOSEPH E.

AND

STIGLITZ AND BRUCE C.

TO N Y JA M E S

G R E E N WA L D

Foreword by Timothy Geithner

$17.95t / £13.99 cloth 978-0-231-18848-7 $16.99 / £13.99 e-book 9780231547888

$24.95t / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17549-4 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54062-9

$24.95t / £20.00 cloth 978-0-231-18564-6 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54627-0

2018 E C O N O M I C S

2015 E C O N O M I C S

2017 P O L I T I C S / P U B L I C

142 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

POLICY

In Black and White

PA U L A . O F F I T, M . D.

JUN’ICHIRŌ TA N I Z A K I

RICHARD SYLLA

T R A N S L AT E D

AND

BY PHYLLIS I.

D AV I D J . C O W E N

LYO N S

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18456-4 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54555-6

$24.95t / £20.00 cloth 978-0-231-18698-8 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54693-5

$20.00 / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-18519-6 $19.99 / £14.99 e-book 978-0-231-54625-6

2018 A M E R I A N

2018 S C I E N C E / P U B L I C

2018 F I C T I O N

H I S TO R Y / F I N A N C E

Neuroenology GORDON M. SHEPHERD

H E A LT H

Molecular Gastronomy

Chaos in the Liberal Order

HERVÉ THIS

ROBERT JERVIS, FRANCIS J. G AV I N , J O S H U A R OV N E R , A N D DIANE LABROSSE, E D I TO R S

$24.95t / £20.00 cloth 978-0-231-17700-9 $23.99 / £20.00 e-book 978-0-231-54287-6

$16.95t / £13.99 paper 978-0-231-13313-5 $15.99 / £12.99 e-book 978-0-231-50807-0

$30.00 / £24.00 paper 978-0-231-18835-7 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54778-9

2016 N E U R O S C I E N C E

2008 S C I E N C E / F O O D

2018 P O L I T I C S / I N T E R N AT I O N A L

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST

Bad Advice

Alexander Hamilton on Finance, Credit, and Debt

R E L AT I O N S

Down the Up Staircase

Critical Thinking

Passions of Our Time

B R U C E D.

VA R D A

J U L I A K R I S T E VA

H AY N E S

LIBERMAN AND

EDITED WITH A

AND SYMA

AMOS TVERSKY

FO R E WO R D BY L AW R E N C E D .

S O LOV I TC H

KRITZMAN

Translated by Constance Borde and Sheila Malovany-Chevallier

$30.00 / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18102-0 $29.99 / £24.00 e-book 978-0-231-54341-5

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18768-8 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54740-6

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-17144-1 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54749-9

2017 S O C I O LO GY / A F R I C A N

2018 P SYC H O LO GY / E C O N O M I C S / S TAT I S T I C S

2018 P H I LO S O P H Y

AMERICAN STUDIES

Better Presentations

Secularism and Cosmopolitanism

J O N AT H A N

ÉTIENNE BALIBAR

Show Trial THOMAS DOHERTY

S C H WA B I S H

$24.95t / £20.00 paper 978-0-231-17521-0 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54279-1

$28.00 / £22.00 cloth 978-0-231-16860-1 $27.99 / £22.00 e-book 978-0-231-54713-0

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18778-7 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54746-8

2016 R E F E R E N C E / D E S I G N

2018 P H I LO S O P H Y

2018 H I S TO RY / F I L M

Found Life

Redemption

LINOR GORALIK

FRIEDRICH

Edited by Ainsley Morse, Maria Vassileva, and Maya Vinokour

Translated by Andrew Bromfield

Sentimental Tales

GORENSTEIN

MIKHAIL Z O S H C H E N KO

Translated by Boris Dralyuk

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-18351-2 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54497-9

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-18515-8 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54602-7

$14.95t / £11.99 paper 978-0-231-18379-6 $13.99 / £10.99 e-book 978-0-231-54515-0

2017 R U S S I A N

2018 R U S S I A N

2018 R U S S I A N

LIBRARY

LIBRARY

L I B R A RY

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 143

THE BEST OF THE BACKLIST:

The Most Important Thing Illuminated

JOEL

The Most Important Thing

TILLINGHAST

H O WA R D M A R K S

Big Money Thinks Small

H O WA R D M A R K S

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-16284-5 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-53079-8

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17570-8 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54469-6

2013 F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

2017 F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

Narrative and Numbers A S WAT H DA M O DA R A N

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15368-3 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-52709-5 2017 F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

A Dozen Lessons for Entrepreneurs

The Digital Transformation Playbook

TREN GRIFFIN

D AV I D L . R O G E R S

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-18048-1 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54274-6

$24.95t / £20.00 cloth 978-0-231-18482-3 $23.99 / £18.99 e-book 978-0-231-54569-3

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17544-9 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54165-7

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2017 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2016 B U S I N E S S / I N N OVAT I O N

If You’re in a Dogfight, Become a Cat!

Class Clowns

Reset

J O N AT H A N A .

JAMES RUBIN

KNEE

AND BARIE CARMICHAEL

LEONARD SHERMAN

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17482-4 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54282-1

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17928-7 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54333-0

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17824-2 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54590-7

2017 B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E GY

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2018 B U S I N E S S / F I N A N C E / I N V E S T I N G

Designing for Growth JEANNE L I E DT KA A N D T I M O G I LV I E

Design Thinking for the Greater Good

Designed Leadership M O U R A Q U AY L E

JEANNE L I E D T K A , R A N DY SALZMAN, AND DA I SY A Z E R

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-15838-1 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-52796-5

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17952-2 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54585-3

$35.00 / £27.00 cloth 978-0-231-17312-4 $34.99 / £27.00 e-book 978-0-231-54468-9

2011 B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E GY

2017 B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E GY

2017 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

Capital and the Common Good

Book of Value

Charlie Munger

A N U R AG S H A R M A

TREN GRIFFIN

GEORGIA LEVENSON KEOHANE

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17802-0 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54166-4

$29.95t / £24.00 cloth 978-0-231-17542-5 $28.99 / £23.00 e-book 978-0-231-54169-5

$18.95t / £14.99 paper 978-0-231-17099-4 $17.99 / £13.99 e-book 978-0-231-54041-4

2016 B U S I N E S S / M A N AG E M E N T

2017 B U S I N E S S / S T R AT E GY / I N V E S T I N G

2016 B U S I N E S S / F I N A N C E / I N V E S T M E N T

144 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Ballots, Bullets, and Bargains ................... 46 Banerjee, Arindam ............ 85 Baran-Szołtys, Magdalena ..................... 116 Barstow, Geoffrey ............... 47 Bashir, Bashir .................... 60 Bauer, René ....................... 134 Baumbach, Nico ................. 52 Beckett and the Irish Protestant Imagination ... 117 Bedorf, Franziska .............. 129 Belliger, Andréa ................. 122 Benincasa, Caterina ........... 125 Berg, Andrew ..................... 36 Bergemann, Patrick ............ 76 Berrens, Dominik .............. 133 Bessert-Nettelbeck, Mathilde ........................ 136 Best American Magazine Writing 2018, The ............. 14 Better Presentations ............ 143 Bhatti, Anil ........................ 86 Big Money Thinks Small ..... 144 Bilbao, Tatiana ................... 82 Binder, Frederick ................ 63 Blaming Immigrants ............ 67 Bloch, Ernst ....................... 71 Blogging in Beirut .............. 128 Body and Reality ................ 137 Bogo, Marion ..................... 79 Boisseron, Bénédicte .......... 55 Book of Value ..................... 144 Born to Be Criminal ........... 131 Bray, Michael ................... 124 Breyer, Thiemo .................. 136 British White Trash ............ 126 Brocki, Marcin ................... 94 Bronkhorst, Johannes ......... 59 Brown, Martyn ................... 98 Brown, Simon ................... 110 Bruya, Brian J. .................. 107 Bruyere, Vincent ................ 74 Brzozowska, Zofia A. ......... 92 Buckley, David T. ............. 140 Buddha’s Wizards, The .......... 61 Burakovskiy, Aleksandr ..... 118 Burlyuk, Olga .................... 119

Busekist, Astrid von .......... 60 Buuren, Jasper van ............. 137 Buying Gay ......................... 10

By More Than Providence .... 44 Byrne, Julie ....................... 140 Byrnes, Corey ..................... 56 Caballero-Anthony, Mely .. 66 Caffari, Marie ................... 130 Cao, Cong .......................... 75 Capital and the Common Good ............... 144 Carceral Fantasies ................ 49 Carmichael, Barie ............ 144 Carter, Steven D. ................ 59 Casado-Gual, Núria .......... 137 Caspar, Cyril L. ................. 131 Cauwer, Stijn De ................ 73 CEO’s Boss, The .................... 25 Chandrasekhar, C. P. .......... 85 Changing Cultures in Congress ...................... 67 Chan-Yeung, Moira M. W. ........................... 106 Chaos in the Liberal Order .................. 143 Charlie Munger ................. 144 Chattopadhyay, Suchetana ....................... 84 Cha, Victor D. ................... 27 Chen, Li ........................... 140 Child Poverty and Social Protection in Central and Western Africa .......... 121 Chimeras of Form ......... 49, 140 Chin, Clayton .................... 71 Chinese Law in Imperial Eyes ................. 140 Cholakov, Petar ................. 119 Chomsky, Noam ................ 40 Chwistek, Leon .................. 92 Cimino, Angelo Maria ...... 127 Cinema/Politics/Philosophy .. 52 Civil Society in PostEuromaidan Ukraine ...... 119 Class Clowns ..................... 144 Classical Chinese Medicine ........................ 106 Clero, Jean-Pierre .............. 114

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Abend, Pablo ..................... 139 Activist Director, The ............ 42 Afro-Dog ............................. 55 After Empire ....................... 118 Age of Populism, The ............. 97 Age of Sustainable Development, The ........... 142 Aggarwal, Neil Krishan ...... 66 Alan Brinkley ...................... 30 Alexander Dubček Unknown (1921–1992) ..................... 115 Alexander Hamilton on Finance, Credit, and Debt ............. 143 Allen, Richard ................... 90 All the Nations Under Heaven ............................ 63 Altered States ....................... 45 Althoff, Jochen .................. 133 An, Yanming .................... 107 andererseits–Yearbook of Transatlantic German Studies ............................ 139 Anthropology as Social Critique ........................... 94 Appetite for Innovation ........ 43 Applegate, Toby M. .......... 120 Arato, Andrew ................... 60 Arghavan, Mahmoud ........ 128 Arjomand, Minou .............. 55 Armacost, Michael H. ........ 46 Arnold, Darren ................. 109 Art and Economics in the City .......................... 125 Artaud the Moma ............... 142 Asad, Talal ........................... 4 Asār-us-Sanadīd .................. 86 Atheism ............................... 33 Atzili, Boaz ......................... 65 Avicenna and the Aristotelian Left ............... 71 Azer, Daisy ....................... 144 Bad Advice ......................... 143 Badiou, Alain ....................... 5 Baer, Ben Conisbee ............ 54 Baer, Josette ....................... 115 Bagger, Matthew ................ 73 Bagnato, Andrea ................ 83 Balibar, Étienne ................. 143

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 145

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Cognizable Object in Sa skya Pan.d.ita ................ 93 Cohen, Jean L. .................. 60 Cohen, Warren I. ............. 142 Cohen-Setton, Jérémie ...... 87 Collapse of Western Civilization, The ............ 142 Collective Bargaining and Gender Equality ........ 99 Comparative Literature ....... 93 Confronting Inequality ........ 36 Connectivity as Aesthetic Practice ........................... 135 Conquering Lyme Disease .. 142 Contemporary Chinese Short-Short Stories ......... 140 Conterio, Martyn ............. 108 Conversational Firm, The ..... 43 Conversion Disorder ............ 34 Conway, Erik M. .............. 142 Cook, Benjamin I. .............. 75 Corrigan, Patrick W. .......... 78 Countersexual Manifesto ...... 35 Cowen, David J. ................ 143 Creating a Learning Society ........................... 142 Creating Communities ........ 130 Creepshow .......................... 110 Critical Theory at a Crossroads ..................... 73 Critical Thinking ................ 143 Culture of Encounters ........... 47 Da, Nan Z. ......................... 54 da Costa e Silva, Tiago ...... 123 Dabashi, Hamid ................. 28 Dale, Gareth .................... 140 Damodaran, Aswath ........ 144 Dangerous Trade ................. 48 Davies, Hannah Catherine ....................... 62 Davis, James ....................... 44 Dayan, Colin ...................... 45 Deighan, Samm ............... 109 Demographics of Korea and Germany ................. 105 DeSalle, Rob .................... 142 Designed Leadership .......... 144 Designing for Growth ........ 144

146 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Design Thinking for the Greater Good ............ 144 Devils, The ......................... 109 Digital Culture & Society (DCS) ............................ 139 Digital Transformation Playbook, The ................. 144 Discovering Prices .............. 142 Dispossession, Deprivation, and Development ............. 85 Doherty, Thomas ............... 143 Domínguez-Rué, Emma ... 137 Donahue, William Collins . 139 Döndrup, Tsering ............... 19 Double Life, A ..................... 16 Down the Up Staircase ........ 143 Dozen Lessons for Entrepreneurs, A ............ 144 Drought .............................. 75 Dum, Christopher P. ........ 140 Dune ................................. 108 Dunkel, Mario .................. 122 Durán, Robert J. ................. 76 Dynamic Frame, The ............ 53 Early Science Education ..... 104 Economics of Construction, The ................................. 101 Economy of the Gulf States, The ................................ 100 Edo Kabuki in Transition .. 140 Electrified Voices ................... 57 Elman, Benjamin ............... 64 Embodied Narration ........... 137 Emergence of Iranian Nationalism, The .............. 51 Empires of the Near East and India, The .................. 64 End of the West and Other Cautionary Tales, The ....... 51 Energy Kingdoms ................. 6 Erduyan, IȘil ...................... 121 Erickson, Jennifer L. .......... 48 Eric Walrond ....................... 44 Estep, Kevin ........................ 15 Ethnic Entrepreneurs Unmasked ....................... 119 European Single Market, The ................................ 102

Evans, Fred ........................ 72 Excessive Saints ................... 61 Exiled in America .............. 140 Facing Up to Low Productivity Growth ........ 87 Fahy, Sandra ....................... 46 Faithful to Secularism ......... 140 Fall of the Wild, The ............. 21 Fallon, Brian A. ................ 142 Fearnley, Andrew ............... 62 Fedor, Julie ....................... 120 Ferrari, Marco .................... 83 Fieschi, Catherine .............. 97 Finding, Inheriting, or Borrowing? .................... 133 Finding San Carlino ........... 133 Fixing Landscape ................. 56 Flow of Forms / Forms of Flow ........................... 123 Food of Sinful Demons ......... 47 Forms of Pluralism and Democratic Constitutionalism ............ 60 Fortune Favors the Bold ...... 112 Found Life .......................... 143 Fox, Merritt ........................ 77 Fracking Debate, The .......... 142 Framing Prior Consultation in Brazil ......................... 129 Francis, Noble ................... 101 Freedom Schools, The ............. 48 Freeman, Lance ................... 11 Friedlander, Judith ............. 32 Fuchs, Mathias .................. 139 Furlanetto, Elena .............. 126 Future as Catastrophe, The .... 74 Gabelli, Mario .................... 23 Games and Bereavement ..... 134 Games and Rules ................ 134 Gancarczyk, Marta ............. 95 Gandhi, Leela .................... 39 Gang Paradox, The ............... 76 Gao, Mobo C. F. .............. 107 Gao Village Revisited ......... 107 Gareis, Sven Bernhard ..... 103 Gavin, Francis J. ................ 143 Gendered Macroeconomy, The .................................. 99

Helbling, Thomas ............... 87 Heroes and Toilers ................ 58 Higher Education in Post-Communist States .... 119 Hindi Canon, The ................ 86 Hirschfelder, Nicole .......... 128 Hitchcock Annual ................ 90 Hoffman, Bruce ............... 142 Holocaust and the Nakba, The ................................. 60 Holocaust in Czechoslovak and Czech Feature Films, The ................................. 116 Holt, Sid ............................ 14 Horn, Eva .......................... 74 House Is Not Just a House, A .......................... 82 How to Read a Japanese Poem ............................... 59 Hujala, Eeva ..................... 104 Illuminations on Market Street .............................. 112 Imagined Geographies ......... 116 In Black and White ............. 143 Incomparable Empires .......... 50 Incorporeal, The .................... 41 Indigenous Vanguards .......... 54 Inside Terrorism ................. 142 Inside the Investments of Warren Buffett ................. 42 In Statu Nascendi ............... 121 Interactive Documentary Form, The ........................ 127 Intransitive Encounter ......... 54 Introduction to Transgender Studies ............................. 81 Iokibe, Kaoru ..................... 89 Ivanova, Gergana ............... 56 Jacques Lacan ........................ 5 Jacques Schiffrin .................... 9 James, Tony ...................... 142 Jervis, Robert ..................... 143 Jewish-Ukrainian Relations in Late and Post-Soviet Ukraine .......................... 118 Johnson, David K. .............. 10 Joseph Conrad’s Authorial Self .................................. 91

Journalism in the Age of Virtual Reality ................. 80 Journal of Soviet and Post-Soviet Politics and Society ..................... 120 Judge Thy Neighbor .............. 76 Jünger, Ernst ........................ 8 Kang, David C. .................. 27 Karl Polanyi ...................... 140 Kaushal, Neeraj .................. 67 Keating, Patrick .................. 53 Kegler, Beate ..................... 138 Keller, Catherine ................ 69 Kennedy, Mark R. ............ 144 Keohane, Georgia Levenson ...................... 144 Khafipour, Hani ................. 64 Khan, Sayyid Ahmad ......... 86 Khodasevich, Vladislav ....... 18 Khvoshchinskaya, Sofia ..... 143 Kim, Cheehyung Harrison . 58 Kimmich, Dorothee ........... 86 Kimura Yūsuke ................... 19 Kleiner, Art ........................ 24 Klepper, William M. .......... 25 Knee, Jonathan A. ............ 144 Knowledge, Power, and Academic Freedom .............. 1 Kocher, Mela ..................... 134 Kojève, Alexandre .............. 33 Komjathy, Louis ................. 50 Konarzewska, Aleksandra . 116 Kopp, Luvena .................... 128 Köppen, Bernhard ............ 105 Koß, Daniela ..................... 138 Kracke, Bernd ................... 135 Krajka, WIesław ................. 91 Krane, Jim ........................... 6 Krieger, David J. ................ 122 Kritzman, Lawrence D. ..... 143 Kühnemund, Jan ............... 132 Kukulies, Wolfgang ............ 88 Labrosse, Diane ................ 143 Last Pilgrimage to Eternity, The ................................. 131 Leadership in Early Education in Times of Change ...................... 104

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Gender in Focus ................. 105 Gerc, Krzysztof .................. 95 German Officer in Occupied Paris, A .............................. 8 Germany’s New Partners .... 103 Ghilarducci, Teresa ........... 142 Gig Economy, The ................ 98 Gilmore, Leigh .................. 41 Glosowitz, Monika ........... 116 Glosten, Lawrence R. ......... 77 GMO China ........................ 75 Goldberg, Amos ................ 60 Goralik, Linor ................... 143 Gornitz, Vivien .................. 20 Gosetti-Ferencei, Jennifer Anna ............................... 72 Gottlieb, Sidney ................ 90 Gray, Matthew ................. 100 Green, Michael J. ............... 44 Greenberg, David ............... 30 Greenwald, Bruce C. ........ 142 Griffin, Tren ..................... 144 Griffiths, Alison ................. 49 Grosz, Elizabeth ................ 41 Grotta, Vidar ..................... 138 Gruneberg, Stephen .......... 101 Gungov, Alexander l. ......... 114 Guy Debord ......................... 88 Haefele-Thomas, Ardel ...... 81 Hale, Jon N. ....................... 48 Handsome Monk and Other Stories, The ............. 19 Hänel, Hilkje Charlotte .... 139 Hardan, Anaheed Al- ........ 51 Harootunian, Harry ........... 31 Harrer, Sabine ................... 134 Hartmann, Anne ............... 131 Hartung, Heike ................. 137 Haus der kleinen Forscher Foundation .... 104 Haven and a Hell, A ............. 11 Hawley, George ................ 142 Haynes, Bruce D. .............. 143 Hazeldine, Gary ................ 119 Heading Home .................... 12 Heikka, Johanna ............... 104 Heintz, James ..................... 99 Hejmej, Andrzej ................. 93

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 147

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Left-Wing Melancholia ...... 140 Leszka, Mirosław J. ............ 92 Liberman, Varda ............... 143 Liedtka, Jeanne ................ 144 Life of Imagination, The ....... 72 Light in Dark Times, A ........ 32 Liu Lihong ....................... 106 Livanec, Sabrina ................ 136 Logic of Design Process, The ................................. 123 Loungani, Prakash ............. 36 Luarasi, Skender ............... 133 Lüneburg, Barbara ............ 127 Lu, Yefei ...................... 42, 144 Lyons, Phyllis I. ................. 143 M ..................................... 109 MacKenzie, Iain ............... 124 Mad Max .......................... 108 Making Sense of the Alt-Right ....................... 142 Mameli, Flavia Alice ......... 125 Mansure, Adil ................... 133 Man, the State, and War ...... 26 Man Who Couldn’t Die, The .................................. 17 Marching Through Suffering .......................... 46 Marder, Michael ................. 69 Maria Lekapene Empress of the Bulgarians .............. 92 Marks, Howard ................ 144 Matlin, Daniel .................... 62 May, John ........................... 83 Mbembe, Achille ............... 29 McCrea, Christian ........... 108 McSweeney, Terence ......... 111 McVeigh, Rory .................... 15 Media Persuasion in the Islamic State .................... 66 Mediated Myth of Lin Zexu, The ........................ 127 Medical History of Hong Kong, A ................ 106 Meighoo, Sean ................... 51 Mein, Georg ..................... 139 Meinel, Dietmar .............. 126 Melcer-Padon, Nourit ....... 130 Menne, Jeff ......................... 53

148 | FA L L 2 0 1 8

Merger Masters .................... 23 Meulen, Nicolaj van der .... 135 Migration and (Im)mobility ................... 129 Miller, Nancy K. ................... 3 Millstein, Ira M. ................. 42 Mind Beyond Brain ............. 38 Minteer, Ben A. ................. 21 Misunderstood Friendship, A ..................................... 58 Modis, Theodore ............... 112 Mohs, Johanne .................. 130 Molecular Gastronomy ........ 143 Montlibert, Christian de .. 105 Morgan, David .................. 119 Most Important Thing Illuminated, The ............ 144 Motyl, Katharina ............... 128 Moving Border, A ................ 83 Mu, Aili ........................... 140 Müller, Oliver ................... 136 Multilingual Construction of Identity ....................... 121 Munck, Ronaldo ............... 101 Murray, Terri ..................... 111 Murshed, S. Mansoob ...... 100 My Brilliant Friends ............. 3 Naming Violence .................. 70 Narrative and Numbers ..... 144 Necropolis ............................ 18 Negotiating Governance on Non-Traditional Security in Southeast Asia and Beyond ............................. 66 Neri, Gianfranco ............... 125 Network Publicy Governance ..................... 122 Neuroenology ...................... 143 New Authoritarianism, The ................................. 115 New Life for Old Ideas ....... 107 New Stock Market, The ......... 77 Nicolosi, Riccardo ............. 131 Nitzsche, Sina A. ............... 122 Nuclear North Korea ............ 27 O’Connor, Monica ............. 98 Odorico, Stefano ............... 127 Offit, Paul A. ..................... 143

Ogilvie, Tim ..................... 144 On Desire ........................... 135 Opazo, M. Pilar .................. 43 Oreskes, Naomi ................ 142 Orgad, Shani ...................... 12 Oró-Piqueras, Maricel ...... 137 Osto, Douglas .................... 45 Ostrowski, Tadeusz M. ....... 95 Ostry, Jonathan D. ............. 36 Other Catholics, The ........... 140 Out of the Dark Night .......... 29 Overholser, James ............... 77 Palestinians in Syria ............ 51 Pantheologies ......................... 2 Parr, Rolf ........................... 139 Pasqual, Elisa ..................... 83 Passions of Our Time ........... 143 Paszkowska-Rogacz, Anna ............................... 94 Patient Safety ..................... 114 Patton, Thomas Nathan ...... 61 Pavlik, John V. .................... 80 Pavlova, Karolina ................ 16 Pearlman, Wendy ............... 65 Perishability Fatigue ............ 74 Piasecka, Bogusława ........... 95 Pickrell, John .................... 142 Pictorial Appearing ............. 132 Pietrzak, Piotr ................... 121 Pillinger, Jane ..................... 99 Pinther, Kerstin ................. 123 Plurality of Realities, The ...... 92 Poetics of Neurosis, A .......... 126 Polese, Abel ....................... 113 Political Categories ............... 69 Political Responsibility ......... 50 Political Theology of the Earth .............................. 69 Politics of Losing, The ............ 15 Polleter, Franziska ............. 125 Pollock, Sheldon ................ 64 Pommerening, Tanja ......... 133 Popular Music and Public Diplomacy ...................... 122 Posen, Adam ...................... 87 Postcolonial Theory ............... 39 Post-Fordist Cinema ............ 53 Postwar Origins of the Global Environment, The ............ 63

Resource Curse, The ............ 100 Rethinking Global Labour ... 101 Rethinking Medical Ethics .. 114 Retirement and Its Discontents ...................... 13 Rhodes, Matthew ............. 103 Richterich, Annika ............ 139 Ries, Marc ......................... 135 Rodd, Jillian Gray ............ 104 Rogers, Gayle ..................... 50 Rosengarten, Ruth ............. 84 Rosengren, Mathilda ......... 125 Rovner, Joshua ................... 143 Rubenstein, Mary-Jane ........ 2 Rubin, James .................... 144 Russia, the European Union, and NATO .................... 103 Ruyter, Alex de ................... 98 Śabda Reader, A ................... 59 Sachs, Jeffrey D. ............... 142 Sacred Cesium Ground and Isa’s Deluge ...................... 19 Salem, A. ........................... 119 Salter, John-Paul .............. 102 Salzman, Randy ............... 144 Sarkez-Knudsen, Josefine .. 125 Sawyer, Malcolm ................ 96 Schmitt, Mark .................. 126 Schneider, Norbert F. ....... 105 Schneider, Wolfgang ......... 138 Schotten, C. Heike ............. 70 Schudson, Michael ............. 80 Schumann, Charlotte ........ 129 Schwabish, Jonathan ......... 143 Schwartz, Jeffrey ................ 24 Science, Art, and Neuroethics ..................... 136 Science of Cookery and the Art of Eating Well, The ..... 113 SCOPUS Diaries and the (Il)logics of Academic Survival, The .................. 113 Scott, Joan Wallach .............. 1 Secularism and Cosmopolitanism ............. 143 Secular Translations .............. 4 Segal, Elizabeth ................. 37 Selcer, Perrin ...................... 63

Sentimental Tales ................ 143 Sex Economy, The ................. 98 Shahnameh, The ................... 28 Shapeholders ...................... 144 Shapovalova, Natalia ......... 119 Sharma, Anurag ............... 144 Shen, Zhihua ..................... 58 Shepard, Benjamin Heim ............................. 112 Shepherd, Gordon M. ....... 143 Shi, Flair Donglai ............. 117 Shilliam, Robbie ................ 97 Shimazaki, Satoko ........... 140 Show Trial ......................... 143 Signal. Image. Architecture. .. 83 Silver, Michelle Pannor ...... 13 Sima, Josef ....................... 102 Similarity ............................ 86 Situationality of HumanAnimal Relations, The ...... 136 Skalník, Petr ....................... 94 Sladovníková, Šárka .......... 116 Slavnikova, Olga ................ 17 Slovenia in the European Union ............................ 120 Smith, Mike ..................... 140 Smith, Rachel J. D. ............. 61 Snyder, Robert W. .............. 63 Snyder, Scott A. ............... 142 Social Empathy .................... 37 Social Work Practice ............. 79 Social Work Values and Ethics ....................... 79 Socratic Method of Psychotherapy, The ............ 77 Solovitch, Syma ................ 143 Soroka, George ................ 120 Sotsky, Jennifer ................. 142 South Korea at the Crossroads ...................... 142 Staack, Michael ................ 103 Staged ................................. 55 State-Building in the Middle of a Geopolitical Struggle ......................... 120 Stępniewski, Tomasz ........ 120 Stiglitz, Joseph E. ............. 142 Stigma Effect, The ................ 78

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Power of Finance, The .......... 96 Powers of the Mind ............ 124 Pozen, David E. ................. 80 Practice of Political Theory, The .................................. 71 Pragmatism and Naturalism ...................... 73 Preciado, Paul B. ................. 35 Presti, David E. .................. 38 Price, Bryan C. ................... 65 Process of SME Growth, The .................................. 95 Property, Social Action, and the Legal-Economic Nexus ............................ 102 Prothero, Donald R. ......... 142 Przybysławski, Artur .......... 93 Public Art and the Fragility of Democracy .................... 72 Purgar, Kresimir ................ 132 Putin System, The ................... 7 Quayle, Moura ................. 144 Queer Terror ........................ 70 Race and the Undeserving Poor ................................. 97 Race Capital? ...................... 62 Radu, Daniela .................. 105 Raimi, Daniel ................... 142 Raising China’s Revolutionaries ................ 57 Ramachandran, V. K. .......... 85 Rappl, Werner .................... 88 Rauterberg, Gabriel V. ........ 77 Reamer, Frederic G. ........... 79 Redemption ........................ 143 Re-discovering Age(ing) ...... 137 Regehr, Cheryl ................... 78 Reichert, Ramón ............... 139 Reichman, Amos ................. 9 Reimers, David ................... 63 Renegotiating Japan’s Unequal Treaties .............. 89 Renewable Energy ............... 22 Rescuing Retirement .......... 142 Reset ................................. 144 Resilience and Health ........... 95 Resistance and the Politics of Truth ......................... 124

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 149

AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX

Story of the Earth in 25 Rocks, The ................... 142 Strehmel, Petra ................. 104 Stress, Trauma, and Decision Making for Social Workers .................. 78 Studying Feminist Film Theory .................... 111 Studying Horror Cinema .... 110 Studying “The Hurt Locker” ........................... 111 Sustainability and the American Naturalist Tradition ........................ 138 Sustaining Economic Growth in Asia ................ 87 Suter, Beat ......................... 134 Swaminathan, Madhura ..... 85 Sweet Home Chicago? ......... 129 Sykes, Lynn R. .................. 143 Sylla, Richard .................... 143 Tainted Witness ................... 41 Taking Sides ........................ 85 Taming the Wild Horse ........ 50 Tan, Gareth Guanming ..... 117 Tanizaki, Jun’ichirō ............ 143 Targeting Top Terrorists ....... 65 Tattersall, Ian ................... 142 Teich, Nicholas M. ........... 142 Telling the Truth .................. 85 Temkin, Moshik ................. 30 Thaler, Mathias ................... 70 This, Hervé ........................ 143 Thomas, Craig ................... 138 Thomson, Josie ................... 24 Tillinghast, Joel ................ 144 Tillman, Margaret Mih ...... 57 Topographies of “Borderland Schengen” ........................ 132 Torbakov, Igor ................... 118 Transatlantic Speculations .... 62 TransCoding: From ‘Highbrow Art’ to Participatory Culture ....... 127 Transformation of Humanities Education, The ................ 138 Transgender 101 ................. 142 Traverso, Enzo ................. 140

1 50 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

Triadic Coercion .................. 65 Trimarchi, Michele ........... 125 Tripathi, Mrityunjay ........... 86 Troublesome Science ............ 142 Troubling Transparency ....... 80 Truschke, Audrey ............... 47 Turco, Catherine J. ............. 43 Turnock, Bryan ................. 110 Tversky, Amos ................... 143 Tyson, Sarah ....................... 68 Unbinding The Pillow Book .. 56 Uneven Moments ................. 31 Urban Appropriation Strategies ........................ 125 Usher, Bruce ....................... 22 Vadde, Aarthi .............. 49, 140 Valadez, Rolando M. Dromundo .................... 120 Vanishing Ice ........................ 20 Vázquez-Arroyo, Antonio Y. ...................... 50 Venture Investing in Science ....................... 144 Verene, Donald Phillip ...... 113 Vital Village ....................... 138 Vivan Sundaram Is Not a Photographer .................... 84 Vocational Interests of Youth in Ecuador .............. 94 Voices of Komagata Maru ..... 84 Waltz, Kenneth N. ............. 26 Waniganayake, Manjula ... 104 Waring, Alan ..................... 115 Webster, Jamieson .............. 34 Weigand, Alexandra .......... 123 Weird Dinosaurs ................ 142 Welling, Kate ..................... 23 Wenz, Karin ...................... 139 What China and India Once Were ............... 64 What Is Rape? .................... 139 What Kind of Creatures Are We? ........................... 40 Whelan, Feargal ................ 117 Where Are the Women? ......... 68 Who Can Speak and Who Is Heard/Hurt? ....... 128 Widlok, Thomas ................ 136

Wieczorek, Anna Xymena ......................... 129 Wiesel, Jörg ....................... 135 Williams, Mason ................ 30 Wintour, Nora .................... 99 Wise Advocate, The ............... 24 With Dogs at the Edge of Life ..................... 45 Wolfensberger, Donald R. ....................... 67 Wołonciej, Tomasz ............. 94 World Literature in Motion ....................... 117 Writing as Dialogue ............ 130 Xia, Yafeng ......................... 58 Yasar, Kerim ....................... 57 Yavlinsky, Grigory ................ 7 Zamfira, Andreea ............. 105 Zettelmeyer, Jeromin .......... 87 Zia-Ebrahimi, Reza ........... 51 Zimmermann, Katrin ........ 130 Zoshchenko, Mikhail ........ 143

P L E A S E C O N T A C T E A C H P R E S S D I R E C T LY R E G A R D I N G EDITORIAL INQUIRIES AND RIGHTS.

AG E N DA P U B L I S H I N G LIMITED The Core, Science Central Beth Lane Newcastle Upon Tyne NE4 5TF, United Kingdom Tel: (44) 191-495-7330 www.agendapub.com AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF BUDDHIST STUDIES 80 Claremont Avenue, Room 303 New York, NY 10027 www.aibs.columbia.edu AUSTRIAN FILM MUSEUM BOOKS The Austrian Film Museum Augustinerstrasse 1 A-1010 Vienna, Austria Tel: (43) 1-533-70-54-11 www.filmmuseum.at AUTEUR PUBLISHING 24 Hartwell Crescent Leighton Buzzard LU7 1NP, United Kingdom office@auteur.co.uk www.auteur.co.uk BARBARA BUDRICH PUBLISHERS Stauffenbergstrasse 7 D-51379 Leverkusen, Germany Tel: (49) 021-71-34-4594 Fax: (49) 021-71-34-4693 info@budrich-academic.com CHINESE UNIVERSITY PRESS The Chinese University of Hong Kong Sha Tin, New Territories, Hong Kong Tel: (852) 3943-9800 Fax: (852) 2603-7355 cup-bus@cuhk.edu.hk www.chineseupress.com

COLUMBIA BOOKS ON ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY Columbia University Graduate School of Architecture, Planning and Preservation 400 Avery Hall, 1172 Amsterdam Avenue New York, NY 10027 Tel: (212) 851-5895 jdg2153@columbia.edu www.books.gsapp.org EAST EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS Nancy Tyson 1487 Lodge Court Boulder, CO 80303 Tel: (303) 568-9573 nancytyson@ymail.com HARRINGTON PA R K P R E S S 511 Avenue of the Americas, #350 New York, NY 10011-8436 www.harringtonparkpress.com United Kingdom Clifford House, Suite 341, 7-9 Clifford Street, York YO1 9RA, United Kingdom HITCHCOCK ANNUAL Sydney Gottlieb Sacred Heart University gottliebs@sacredheart.edu IBIDEM PRESS Melchiorstrasse 15 70439 Stuttgart, Germany Tel: (07) 11-980-7954 Fax: (07) 11-800-1889 ibidem@ibidem-verlag.de www.ibidemverlag.de JAGIELLONIAN UNIVERSITY PRESS ul. Michałowskiego 9/2 31-126 Kraków, Poland Tel: (48) 12-663-23-80 Fax: (48) 12-663-23-83 www.wuj.pl

MARIA CURIESKLODOWSKA UNIVERSITY PRESS M. Curie-Sklodowskiej 5 30-031 Lublin, Poland gzuk@hektor.umcs.lublin.pl

CLIENT PRESSES

CLIENT PRESSES

PETERSON INSTITUTE F O R I N T E R N AT I O N A L ECONOMICS 1750 Massachusetts Ave. NW Washington, DC, 20036 Tel: (202) 328-9000 www.piie.com SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCH COUNCIL One Pierrepont Plaza, 15th Floor 300 Cadman Plaza West Brooklyn, NY 11201 Tel: (212) 377-2700 Fax: (212) 377-2727 www.ssrc.org TRANSCRIPT VERLAG Hermannstrasse 26 D-33602 Bielefeld, Germany Tel: (49) 521-39-37-9742 Fax: (49) 521-39-37-9734 vertrieb@transcript-verlag.de www.transcript-verlag.de TULIKA BOOKS Indira Chandrasekhar No. 44, first floor Shahpur Jat, New Delhi 110 049 Tel.: (91) 11-26-49-7999, 11-26-49-1448, 11-26-49-1625 Email: tulikadelhi@gmail.com UNIVERSITY OF TO KYO P R E S S 4-5-29 Komaba, Meguro-ku Tokyo 153-0041, Japan Fax: (81) 3-6407-1582 Tel: (81) 3-6407-1921 info@utp.or.jp www.utp.or.jp

C U P. C O L U M B I A . E D U | 151

SUBAGENTS FOR COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS

ARABIC

FRENCH

Amélie Cherlin Dar Cherlin 4343 Finley Ave., Apt. 3 Los Angeles, CA 90027 amelie@darcherlin.com

Corinne Marotte L’Autre Agence 45 rue Marx-Dormoy F-75018 Paris France Tel: (33) 1-84-16-6100 cmarotte@lautreagence.eu contact@lautreagence.eu

Joeun Lee Korea Copyright Center Inc. Gyonghigung Achim 3 Officetel Room 520 34, Sajik-ro 8-gil, Jongno-gu Seoul 03174 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-725-3350 jelee@kccseoul.com

I TA L I A N

GERMAN

Roberto Gilodi Reiser Literary Agency Viale XXV Aprile 65 10133 Torino Italy Tel. (39) 011-5215357 roberto.gilodi@reiseragency.it

Christian Dittus Paul & Peter Fritz A.G. Literatur Agentur Seefeldstrasse 303 8008 Zurich Switzerland Tel: (41) 1-388-4140 cdittus@fritzagency.com

BRAZILIAN

Patricia Seibel Seibel Publishing Services Rua da Alegria, 2005, 2º E Porto 4200-026 Portugal patricia@patriciaseibel.com CHINESE (SIMPLIFIED)

Ivan Zhang Bardon-Chinese Media Agency Room 2-702, Building 2 RongHuaShiJia No. 29, XiaoYingBeiLu ChaoYang District Beijing 100101 China Tel: (010) 822-35383 ivan@bardonchinese.com CHINESE (COMPLEX)

Luisa Yeh Bardon-Chinese Media Agency 3F, No. 150, Section 2, Roosevelt Road Taipei Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-236-44995, ext. 23 luisa@bardonchinese.com Whitney Hsu Andrew Nurnberg Associates International 8F, No.129, Sec. 2, Zhongshan N. Rd. Taipei 10448 Taiwan Tel: (886) 2-2562-9008 whsu@nurnberg.com.tw C R O AT I A N , C Z E C H , HUNGARIAN, AND MACEDONIAN

Hana Whitton Oxford Literary and Rights Agency 10 Priors Lane, Hinton Waldrist Oxfordshire SN7 8RX United Kingdom hana.whitton@oxfordlitagency.com DUTCH AND NORDIC LANGUAGES

Paul Sebes Sebes & Bisseling Literary Agency Herengracht 613 1017 CE Amsterdam Netherlands Tel: (31) 20 616 0940 sebes@sebes.nl 1 52 | F A L L 2 0 1 8

J A PA N E S E

Fumika Ogihara Tuttle-Mori Agency, Inc. Kanda Jimbocho Bldg. 4F 2-17 Kanda Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 101-0051 Japan Tel: (81) 3-3230-4083 fumika-ogihara@tuttlemori.com Tsutomu Yawata The English Agency ( Japan) Ltd. Sakuragi Bldg. 4F 6-7-3 Minami Aoyama, Minato-ku 107-0062 Tokyo Japan Tel: (81) 3-3406-5385 tsutomu_yawata@eaj.co.jp KO R E A N

Jackie Yang EYA (Eric Yang Agency) 3F, e B/D, 20 Seochojungang-ro 33-gil, Seocho-gu Seoul 06593 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-592-3356 jackieyang@eyagency.com Danny Hong Danny Hong Agency 3F, 16-12 Yanghwa-ro 12-gil, Mapo-gu Seoul 04043 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-6402-8890 danny@dannyhong.co.kr Yumi Chun Bestun Korea Agency 802 Hyoryeong-ro 53 gil 18, Seocho-gu Seoul 06654 South Korea Tel: (82) 2-3486-3012 yumichun@unitel.co.kr

POLISH

Łukasz Wróbel GRAAL Ltd. Literary Agency ul. Radna 12/15 00-341 Warsaw Poland Tel: (48) 22-828-1284 lukasz@graal.com.pl RUSSIAN

Alexander Korzhenevski Igor Korzhenevski Alexander Korzhenevski Agency 7-th Parkovaya 28-100 Moscow 105264 Russia Tel/Fax: (7) 499-463-4412 alex.akagency@gmail.com igor.akagency@gmail.com S PA N I S H

Raquel de la Concha RDC Agencia Literaria c/Fernando VI, 15, 3 derecha 28004 Madrid Spain Tel: (34) 91-308-5585 rdc@rdclitera.com TURKISH

Atilla Izgi Turgut Akcali Copyright Trade Bahariye Cad. 8/9-10 34714 Kadikoy, Istanbul Turkey Tel: (90) 216-338-87-71 atilla@akcalicopyright.com

To order by phone, call Tel. (866) 400-5351 Fax (800) 838-1149

Mail: Ingram Academic Services 210 American Drive Jackson, TN 38301 Tel. (800) 343-4499 Email:

IPSJacksonOrders@ingramcontent.com UNITED STATES AND CANADA SALES AND PUBLICITY REPRESENTATIVES

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY SALES CONSORTIUM MANAGER AND SOUTH

Catherine Hobbs Tel. (804) 690-8529 Fax (434) 589-3411 ch2714@columbia.edu NORTHEAST AND EASTERN CANADA

Conor Broughan Tel. (917) 826-7676 cb2476@columbia.edu MIDWEST AND CENTRAL CANADA

Kevin Kurtz Tel. (773) 316-1116 Fax (773) 489-2941 kk2841@columbia.edu WEST AND WESTERN CANADA

William Gawronski Tel. (310) 488-9059 Fax (310) 832-4717 wgawronski@earthlink.net DIRECTOR OF SALES AND MARKETING

Brad Hebel 61 West 62nd Street New York, NY 10023 Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7130 Fax (212) 459-3678 bh2106@columbia.edu DIRECTOR OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND SUBSIDIARY RIGHTS

Justine Evans je2217@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7147 Fax (212) 459-3677 PUBLICITY MANAGER

Meredith Howard mh2306@columbia.edu Tel. (212) 459-0600, ext. 7126 Fax (212) 459-3677 REVIEW COPY REQUESTS

cup_publicity@columbia.edu

IN AFRICA, EUROPE, THE MIDDLE EAST, SOUTH AFRICA, SOUTH ASIA, AND THE UNITED KINGDOM

To order by phone, call (1243) 843-291 or fax to (1243) 843-296 or mail to Columbia University Press c/o Wiley European Distribution Centre New Era Estate, Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis, West Sussex PO22 9NQ (Delivery via Wiley Distribution Services Ltd., or you may collect your order by prior arrangement) E-mail: customer@wiley.com SALES REPRESENTATIVES OUTSIDE THE U.S. UNITED KINGDOM, EUROPE, AND SOUTH AFRICA

The University Press Group Ltd. Lois Edwards LEC 1 - New Era Estate Oldlands Way, Bognor Regis PO22 9NQ Tel. 44 (1243) 842-165 Fax 44 (1243) 842-167 lois@upguk.com Andrew Brewer, Managing Director 57 Cobnar Road Sheffield S8 8QA England Tel. (44) 114-274-0129 Cell (44) 796-703-1856 andrew.brewer@virgin.net U.K. SALES MANAGER

Ben Mitchell 62 Fairford House, Kennington Ln. London SE11 4HR England Tel. (44) 776-691-3593 ben.mitchell.upg@gmail.com BELGIUM, DENMARK, FINLAND, FRANCE, ITALY, NORWAY, POLAND, SWEDEN, AND SWITZERLAND

Peter Jacques 278 Manchester Road Isle of Dogs, London E14 3HW Cell (44) 7966-288-593 peter@jjacques.demon.co.uk AUSTRIA, CROATIA, CZECH REPUBLIC, EAST EUROPE, GERMANY, GREECE, HOLLAND, PORTUGAL, RUSSIA, SLOVENIA, AND SPAIN

Dominique Bartshukoff 2 Place d’Anvers, 75009 Paris, France Tel. (33) 1-44-63-02-41 dsbartshukoff@gmail.com

ALGERIA, CYPRUS, ISRAEL, JORDAN, MALTA, MOROCCO, PALESTINE, TUNISIA, AND TURKEY

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Claire de Gruchy Tel. (44) 7771-887-843 claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk BAHRAIN, EGYPT, IRAN, IRAQ, KUWAIT, LEBANON, LIBYA, OMAN, QATAR, SAUDI ARABIA, SYRIA, AND THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Avicenna Partnership Ltd Bill Kennedy PO Box 501, Witney OX28 9JL Tel. (44) 780-224-4457 AvicennaBK@gmail.com FOR INDIA, PAKISTAN, NEPAL, BHUTAN, SRI LANKA, BANGLADESH

Rajeev Das Senior Manager (Sales & Product) Penguin Random House India Pvt.Ltd. 7th Floor, Infinity Tower C DLF Cyber City, Gurgaon – 122 002, Haryana India Tel. (91) 124-4785615 Cell (91) 97400 57900 rdas@penguinrandomhouse.in AFRICA

Kelvin van Hasselt 15 Hillside, Cromer Norfolk NR27 0HY, UK Tel. (44) 1263–513-073 kelvin@kvhbooks.co.uk JAPAN

Rockbook Gilles Fauveau Exprime 5F 10-10, Ichibancho, Chiyoda-Ku, 102-0082, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 0-90-3962-4650 gfauveau@rockbook.net Stockist MHM Limited Mark Gresham 1-1-13-4F, Kanda-Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku, 101-0051, Tokyo, Japan Tel. (81) 3-3518-9181 Fax (81) 3-3518-9523 purchasing@mhmlimited.co.jp TAIWAN AND SINGAPORE

B. K. Norton Chiafeng Peng 5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec.4, Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel. 886-2-66320088 Fax 886-2-66329772 Chiafeng@bookman.com.tw

PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

Wei Zhao Everest Intl.

Publishing Services 1-1-2002 Wang Jing SOHO No. 1 East Futong Avenue Chaoyang District Beijing 100102, China Tel. (86-10) 5707-6180 Tel/Fax (86-10) 5707-6128 Cell 13683018054 wzbooks@aol.com everest_intl@126.com KOREA

ICK (Information and Culture Korea) Se-Yung Jun 49 Donggyo-ro, 13-Gil, Mapo-ku Seoul, South Korea 03997 Tel. (82-2) 3141-4791 Fax (82-2) 3141-7733 cs.ick@ick.co.kr MALAYSIA AND BRUNEI

Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd 12 Jalan Pemberita U1/49 Temasya Industrial Park Glenmarie Seksyen U1 40150 Shah Alam Selangor, Malaysia Tel. (603) 5569-1696 Fax (603) 5569-1884 Simon Tay simon@apexknowledge.com.my PHILIPPINES

MegaTEXTS Phil., Inc Room 503, One Corporate Plaza Condominium 845 Amaiz Road, San Lorenzo Village 1200 Makati City, Philippines Tel. (63) 2-813-5814 Fax (63) 2-840-2760 Jean Lim megatexts.cbu@igroupnet.com THAILAND

Booknet Co., Ltd. 8 Krungthep Kreetha 8 Yaek 8 Road Huamark, Bangkapi Bangkok, 10240, Thailand Tel. (66) 2769-3888 Fax (66) 2379-5183 Suphaluck Sattabuz sup@book.co.th AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND

Footprint Books 4/8 Jubilee Avenue, Warriewood NSW 2102 Australia Tel. (61) 02-9997-3973 Fax (61) 02-9997-3185 info@footprint.com.au www.footprint.com.au

SALES AND ORDERING

IN ASIA, NORTH AMERICA, AND SOUTH AMERICA

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS is pleased to announce that our books are available from Ingram Publisher Services.

Please contact IPSJacksonOrders@ingramcontent.com or your Columbia sales rep to place your order.

Also, you can learn about Columbia University Press’s new titles by visiting our online catalogue hosted by EDELWEISS at www.cup.columbia.edu/catalogues Or visit www.cup.columbia.edu to view a complete listing of the books we publish and distribute.

CO L U M B I A U N I V E R S I T Y P R E S S 61 West 62nd Street New York, New York 10023 T / 800.343.4499 F / 800.351.5073 cup.columbia.edu